{"title":"Accessories","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"parkside-lame-de-scie-circulaire","title":"PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"30\" data-end=\"204\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"30\" data-end=\"52\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade is a cutting accessory designed for compatible circular saws, suitable for DIY, woodworking and wood cutting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"206\" data-end=\"491\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"206\" data-end=\"222\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Circular saw blade for wood and wood-based materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available in multiple diameters\u003cbr\u003e▸ Versions with 42 or 48 teeth\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for straight and precise cuts\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for DIY and carpentry work\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with circular saws supporting the corresponding diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"493\" data-end=\"765\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"493\" data-end=\"528\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade is mounted onto a compatible circular saw. During rotation, its teeth cut through wood, boards and wood-based panels to provide clean and accurate cuts depending on the selected diameter and tooth count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"767\" data-end=\"1084\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"767\" data-end=\"800\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: circular saw blade\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available diameters: 160 mm, 190 mm, 210 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available tooth count: 42 teeth or 48 teeth\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: wood and wood-based materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Application: DIY, carpentry, panel cutting\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: circular saws supporting the selected diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1086\" data-end=\"1278\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1086\" data-end=\"1126\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 circular saw blade\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with circular saws matching the selected diameter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for PARKSIDE® tools and other compatible circular saws\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1280\" data-end=\"1480\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1280\" data-end=\"1309\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade is recommended for DIY users and circular saw owners looking for a replacement blade for cutting solid wood, panels and wood-based materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1482\" data-end=\"1761\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1482\" data-end=\"1499\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1500\" data-end=\"1507\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available in multiple diameters\u003cbr\u003e▸ Choice between 42 and 48 teeth\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for wood and wood-based panels\u003cbr\u003e▸ Easy installation on compatible saws\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1656\" data-end=\"1664\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility must be checked before use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Blade wear depends on material and frequency of use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1763\" data-end=\"1954\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1763\" data-end=\"1790\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade is a practical accessory for everyday wood cutting tasks, with multiple variants to suit different saw sizes and cutting requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1956\" data-end=\"2072\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1956\" data-end=\"1963\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1964\" data-end=\"1998\"\u003eWhich diameters are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe listed versions are available in 160 mm, 190 mm and 210 mm diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2074\" data-end=\"2194\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2074\" data-end=\"2125\"\u003eWhat is the difference between 42 and 48 teeth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA blade with more teeth generally provides a finer and smoother cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2196\" data-end=\"2313\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2196\" data-end=\"2248\"\u003eIs this blade compatible with all circular saws?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the saw must support the selected blade diameter before use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"160 mm \/ 42 teeth","offer_id":44858358694203,"sku":"100364882002","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"160 mm \/ 48 teeth","offer_id":44858358726971,"sku":"100364882001","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"190 mm \/ 42 teeth","offer_id":44858358759739,"sku":"100364882004","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"190 mm \/ 48 teeth","offer_id":44858358792507,"sku":"100364882003","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"210 mm \/ 42 teeth","offer_id":44858358825275,"sku":"100364882006","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"210 mm \/ 48 teeth","offer_id":44858358858043,"sku":"100364882005","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/products\/1-gcpb08d0231bfc940a6a2833bb385f3b981.jpg?v=1680604266"},{"product_id":"parkside-set-agrafes-clous-agrafeuses-standards","title":"PARKSIDE® Staple or Nail Set for Standard Manual, Electric, Pneumatic and Cordless Staplers","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"6421\" data-end=\"6887\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6421\" data-end=\"6443\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"6443\" data-end=\"6446\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Staple or Nail Set for Standard Manual, Electric, Pneumatic and Cordless Staplers is a steel consumable set designed for fastening and DIY applications. Available in multiple staple and nail variants, it is suitable for use with compatible standard staplers and nailers. The PARKSIDE® Staple or Nail Set for Standard Manual, Electric, Pneumatic and Cordless Staplers is intended for light renovation and household fixing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6889\" data-end=\"7090\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6889\" data-end=\"6905\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"6905\" data-end=\"6908\"\u003e▸ Available in staple and nail versions\u003cbr data-start=\"6947\" data-end=\"6950\"\u003e▸ Compatible with standard staplers and nailers\u003cbr data-start=\"6997\" data-end=\"7000\"\u003e▸ Steel construction\u003cbr data-start=\"7020\" data-end=\"7023\"\u003e▸ Type 90 staples\u003cbr data-start=\"7040\" data-end=\"7043\"\u003e▸ Type 062 nails\u003cbr data-start=\"7059\" data-end=\"7062\"\u003e▸ Multiple sizes available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7092\" data-end=\"7359\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7092\" data-end=\"7127\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7127\" data-end=\"7130\"\u003eThe product is used to reload compatible staplers or nailers for fastening fabric, thin wood, lightweight panels and decorative materials. Staples are suitable for soft materials while nails are intended for discreet wood fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7361\" data-end=\"7599\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7361\" data-end=\"7394\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7394\" data-end=\"7397\"\u003e▸ Material: steel\u003cbr data-start=\"7414\" data-end=\"7417\"\u003e▸ Staple type: 90\u003cbr data-start=\"7434\" data-end=\"7437\"\u003e▸ Nail type: 062\u003cbr data-start=\"7453\" data-end=\"7456\"\u003e▸ Staple width: approx. 5.7 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"7486\" data-end=\"7489\"\u003e▸ Thickness: approx. 1.25 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"7517\" data-end=\"7520\"\u003e▸ Available lengths: 10 to 50 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"7552\" data-end=\"7555\"\u003e▸ Multiple pack sizes depending on variant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7601\" data-end=\"7779\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7601\" data-end=\"7641\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7641\" data-end=\"7644\"\u003eIncludes only the staples or nails related to the selected variant. Compatible with tools supporting type 90 staples or type 062 nails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7781\" data-end=\"7916\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7781\" data-end=\"7810\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7810\" data-end=\"7813\"\u003eSuitable for DIY users, home maintenance tasks and users already owning a compatible stapler or nailer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7918\" data-end=\"8167\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7918\" data-end=\"7935\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7935\" data-end=\"7938\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7938\" data-end=\"7945\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7945\" data-end=\"7948\"\u003e▸ Multiple variants available\u003cbr data-start=\"7977\" data-end=\"7980\"\u003e▸ Compatible with different tool types\u003cbr data-start=\"8018\" data-end=\"8021\"\u003e▸ Durable steel construction\u003cbr data-start=\"8049\" data-end=\"8052\"\u003e▸ Standard formats easy to identify\u003cbr data-start=\"8087\" data-end=\"8090\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"8090\" data-end=\"8098\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"8098\" data-end=\"8101\"\u003e▸ Tool not included\u003cbr data-start=\"8120\" data-end=\"8123\"\u003e▸ Compatibility must be checked before use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"8169\" data-end=\"8360\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"8169\" data-end=\"8201\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"8201\" data-end=\"8204\"\u003e▸ Verify compatible staple or nail type\u003cbr data-start=\"8243\" data-end=\"8246\"\u003e▸ Select the correct length for the material\u003cbr data-start=\"8290\" data-end=\"8293\"\u003e▸ Store in a dry place\u003cbr data-start=\"8315\" data-end=\"8318\"\u003e▸ Use shorter lengths for thin materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"8362\" data-end=\"8601\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"8362\" data-end=\"8389\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"8389\" data-end=\"8392\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Staple or Nail Set for Standard Manual, Electric, Pneumatic and Cordless Staplers is a practical consumable solution for common fastening and DIY applications with several size options available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"8603\" data-end=\"8729\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"8603\" data-end=\"8610\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"8610\" data-end=\"8613\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"8613\" data-end=\"8653\"\u003eDoes this product include a stapler?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"8653\" data-end=\"8656\"\u003eNo. Only staples or nails are included depending on the selected version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"8731\" data-end=\"8830\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"8731\" data-end=\"8763\"\u003eAre these staples universal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"8763\" data-end=\"8766\"\u003eNo. Compatibility with the tool specifications must be verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"8832\" data-end=\"8923\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"8832\" data-end=\"8866\"\u003eCan the nails be used on wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"8866\" data-end=\"8869\"\u003eYes. They are suitable for light wood fastening tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside","offers":[{"title":"Staples 25-40 mm","offer_id":44859157905723,"sku":"100360777001","price":2.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10-15 mm staples","offer_id":44859157938491,"sku":"100360777002","price":2.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40-50 mm nails","offer_id":44859188773179,"sku":"100360777003","price":2.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"15-25 mm nails","offer_id":44859188805947,"sku":"100360777004","price":2.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/products\/gcp494ab631f68a479784dc24c529838920_1.jpg?v=1680616384"},{"product_id":"lame-scie-circulaire-parkside-performance-140mm-20-40-44-dents","title":"PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Circular Saw Blade Ø 140 mm 20T, 40T, 44T","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"65\" data-end=\"377\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"65\" data-end=\"87\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Circular Saw Blade Ø 140 mm 20T, 40T, 44T is a cutting accessory designed for compatible circular saws. With a 140 mm diameter, 20 mm bore and multiple tooth configurations, it is suitable for cutting wood, aluminium or laminate depending on the selected version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"379\" data-end=\"704\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"379\" data-end=\"395\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 140 mm blade diameter\u003cbr\u003e▸ 20 mm centre bore\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1.8 mm kerf thickness\u003cbr\u003e▸ Tungsten carbide-tipped teeth\u003cbr\u003e▸ Expansion slots to reduce vibration and noise\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protective coating for improved durability\u003cbr\u003e▸ Versions available for wood, aluminium and laminate\u003cbr\u003e▸ Tooth configurations adapted for different cutting finishes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"706\" data-end=\"1076\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"706\" data-end=\"741\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Circular Saw Blade Ø 140 mm 20T, 40T, 44T is mounted onto compatible circular saws designed for 140 mm blades with a 20 mm bore. The tooth count affects cutting speed and finish quality: lower tooth counts are more suitable for faster cuts, while higher tooth counts provide cleaner and more precise results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1078\" data-end=\"1550\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1078\" data-end=\"1111\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Product type: circular saw blade\u003cbr\u003e▸ Diameter: 140 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Kerf thickness: 1.8 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Bore size: 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Tooth count: 20T, 40T or 44T depending on version\u003cbr\u003e▸ 20T wood version: faster wood cutting\u003cbr\u003e▸ 40T wood version: cleaner wood finish\u003cbr\u003e▸ 44T aluminium version: cleaner aluminium cutting\u003cbr\u003e▸ 40T laminate version: precise laminate cutting\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum speed for wood and aluminium versions: 10,000 rpm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum speed for laminate version: 13,600 rpm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1552\" data-end=\"1810\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1552\" data-end=\"1592\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 circular saw blade depending on selected version\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with circular saws using Ø 140 mm blades\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with machines using a 20 mm bore\u003cbr\u003e▸ Select the correct version according to the material being cut\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1812\" data-end=\"2130\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1812\" data-end=\"1841\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Circular Saw Blade Ø 140 mm 20T, 40T, 44T is suitable for users looking to replace a worn blade or optimise cutting performance for specific materials. It is appropriate for DIY, workshop and precision cutting applications where blade compatibility is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2132\" data-end=\"2489\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2132\" data-end=\"2149\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2150\" data-end=\"2158\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Multiple versions available for specific materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Carbide-tipped teeth improve wear resistance\u003cbr\u003e▸ Expansion slots help reduce vibration and noise\u003cbr\u003e▸ Standard blade dimensions simplify compatibility checks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2367\" data-end=\"2375\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Each version is specialised rather than universal\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility with saw speed and bore size must be verified\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2491\" data-end=\"2760\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2491\" data-end=\"2523\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis blade is a cutting consumable. It is recommended to choose the correct tooth configuration for the intended material, respect the maximum operating speed and replace the blade when cutting quality decreases or visible wear appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2762\" data-end=\"3076\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2762\" data-end=\"2789\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Circular Saw Blade Ø 140 mm 20T, 40T, 44T is a practical replacement or upgrade option for compatible circular saws. Its specialised variants allow users to achieve more suitable cutting performance for wood, aluminium or laminate depending on the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3078\" data-end=\"3229\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3078\" data-end=\"3085\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3086\" data-end=\"3145\"\u003eIs this blade compatible with all 140 mm circular saws?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the saw must also support a 20 mm bore and the blade’s maximum operating speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3231\" data-end=\"3390\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3231\" data-end=\"3296\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the 20T and 40T wood versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 20T version is intended for faster cuts, while the 40T version provides a cleaner finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3392\" data-end=\"3547\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3392\" data-end=\"3441\"\u003eCan the aluminium blade be used for laminate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is recommended to use the dedicated laminate version for better cutting quality on laminate materials.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside Performance®","offers":[{"title":"44-tooth aluminum","offer_id":44912340762939,"sku":"100368884003","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20-tooth wood","offer_id":44912340795707,"sku":"100368884002","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40-tooth wood","offer_id":44912340828475,"sku":"100368884001","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40-tooth laminate","offer_id":44912340861243,"sku":"100368884004","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/products\/1-gcp849314805b2e4da58c373a090624dcd6.jpg?v=1681246629"},{"product_id":"parkside-fil-fourre-au-choix","title":"PARKSIDE® Flux-Cored Welding Wire, Choice of Options","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"54\" data-end=\"286\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"54\" data-end=\"76\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Flux-Cored Welding Wire, Choice of Options is a welding consumable designed for compatible flux-cored wire welding machines. It is intended for welding without an external shielding gas cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"288\" data-end=\"563\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"288\" data-end=\"304\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Flux-cored welding wire with integrated shielding\u003cbr\u003e▸ No external shielding gas required\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available in different diameters\u003cbr\u003e▸ Choice of 450 g or 1 kg spools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for standard flux-cored wire welders\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for workshop, repair and DIY welding tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"565\" data-end=\"812\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"565\" data-end=\"600\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Flux-Cored Welding Wire, Choice of Options is fed through a compatible welding machine. During welding, the flux core creates the required protection around the weld pool, allowing gasless welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"814\" data-end=\"1173\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"814\" data-end=\"847\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Product type: flux-cored welding wire\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: welding without external shielding gas\u003cbr\u003e▸ Material: steel wire\u003cbr\u003e▸ Weight: 450 g or 1 kg\u003cbr\u003e▸ Diameter: 0.6 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm or 1.0 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available options: 1 kg \/ 0.9 mm, 1 kg \/ 0.8 mm, 1 kg \/ 0.6 mm, 450 g \/ 1.0 mm, 450 g \/ 0.9 mm, 450 g \/ 0.8 mm, 450 g \/ 0.6 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1175\" data-end=\"1368\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1175\" data-end=\"1215\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard flux-cored wire welding machines\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility mentioned with Parkside, Mauk and Deca\u003cbr\u003e▸ No additional accessories specified\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1370\" data-end=\"1562\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1370\" data-end=\"1399\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is recommended for users who already own a compatible flux-cored wire welder and need a consumable for gasless welding in workshop, repair or DIY applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1564\" data-end=\"1831\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1564\" data-end=\"1581\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1582\" data-end=\"1589\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ No external gas cylinder required\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available in multiple diameters\u003cbr\u003e▸ Choice of 450 g and 1 kg spool sizes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard flux-cored welders\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1745\" data-end=\"1753\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Applications vary depending on wire diameter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Welding machine not included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1833\" data-end=\"2095\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1833\" data-end=\"1865\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose the diameter of the PARKSIDE® Flux-Cored Welding Wire, Choice of Options according to the welding machine specifications and the material being welded. Store the spool in a dry place to help protect the wire from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2097\" data-end=\"2322\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2097\" data-end=\"2124\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Flux-Cored Welding Wire, Choice of Options is a practical consumable for gasless welding tasks. The available weight and diameter options make it adaptable to different welding needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2324\" data-end=\"2440\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2324\" data-end=\"2331\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2332\" data-end=\"2377\"\u003eDoes it require an external gas cylinder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is designed for welding without external shielding gas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2442\" data-end=\"2573\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2442\" data-end=\"2476\"\u003eWhich diameters are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe available diameters are 0.6 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm and 1.0 mm, depending on the selected option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2575\" data-end=\"2685\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2575\" data-end=\"2625\"\u003eWhich option labels should be used in English?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse \u003cstrong data-start=\"2630\" data-end=\"2640\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e for “Poids” and \u003cstrong data-start=\"2657\" data-end=\"2669\"\u003eDiameter\u003c\/strong\u003e for “Diamètre”.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"1 kg \/ 0.9 mm","offer_id":44934059589947,"sku":"100348148","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 kg \/ 0.8 mm","offer_id":44934059622715,"sku":"100363582","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 kg \/ 0.6 mm","offer_id":44934059655483,"sku":"100363546","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"450 g \/ 1.0 mm","offer_id":44934060474683,"sku":"100363607","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"450 g \/ 0.9 mm","offer_id":44934059688251,"sku":"100363610","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"450 g \/ 0.8 mm","offer_id":44934059721019,"sku":"100355165","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"450 g \/ 0.6 mm","offer_id":44934059753787,"sku":"100355205","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/products\/gcp9e12bd7348bc4dd6b642d25002a6dd03_1.jpg?v=1681589293"},{"product_id":"parkside-lame-scie-circulaire-254-mm-48-80-96-dents","title":"PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade, 254 mm diameter, 48, 80 or 96 teeth","description":"\u003cdiv data-v-798679da=\"\" class=\"keyfacts__supplemental-description\" data-qa-label=\"keyfacts-supplemental-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"67\" data-end=\"246\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"67\" data-end=\"89\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade, 254 mm diameter, 48, 80 or 96 teeth is a cutting accessory designed for standard table saws compatible with 254 mm blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"248\" data-end=\"444\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"248\" data-end=\"264\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 254 mm blade diameter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available with 48, 80 or 96 teeth\u003cbr\u003e▸ Carbide-tipped construction\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for standard table saws\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reducing rings included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum speed of 5,500 rpm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"446\" data-end=\"700\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"446\" data-end=\"481\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade, 254 mm diameter, 48, 80 or 96 teeth is fitted to a compatible saw and rotates at high speed to cut wood, chipboard or aluminium profiles, depending on the selected tooth configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"702\" data-end=\"1010\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"702\" data-end=\"735\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: circular saw blade\u003cbr\u003e▸ Diameter: 254 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Bore: 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reducing rings: 16 mm and 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Number of teeth: 48, 80 or 96\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cutting width, 48 teeth: 2.5 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cutting width, 80 teeth: 2.5 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cutting width, 96 teeth: 3.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum speed: 5,500 rpm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Quantity: 1 piece\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1012\" data-end=\"1191\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1012\" data-end=\"1052\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 circular saw blade\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2 reducing rings from 30 mm to 16 mm and 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with suitable standard table saws using 254 mm blades\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1193\" data-end=\"1421\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1193\" data-end=\"1222\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis blade is recommended for users who want to adapt a compatible table saw to different cutting tasks, from fast wood cutting to more precise cuts or work on hard materials and aluminium profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1423\" data-end=\"1676\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1423\" data-end=\"1440\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1441\" data-end=\"1448\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Choice of three tooth configurations\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reducing rings included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Carbide-tipped construction\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for several cutting applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1588\" data-end=\"1596\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility must be checked before fitting\u003cbr\u003e▸ One blade supplied per variant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1678\" data-end=\"1963\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1678\" data-end=\"1710\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose the tooth count according to the material and required finish: 48 teeth for fast cuts, 80 teeth for cleaner cuts and 96 teeth for fine work or aluminium profiles. Always check blade diameter, bore size and maximum speed compatibility before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1965\" data-end=\"2197\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1965\" data-end=\"1992\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blade, 254 mm diameter, 48, 80 or 96 teeth is a versatile consumable for compatible table saws, offering different cutting options according to the material and finish required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2199\" data-end=\"2320\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2199\" data-end=\"2206\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2207\" data-end=\"2250\"\u003eWhich version should I choose for wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 48-tooth version is suitable for fast cuts in wood and chipboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2322\" data-end=\"2433\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2322\" data-end=\"2365\"\u003eWhich version is best for cleaner cuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 80-tooth version is designed for more precise and cleaner cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2435\" data-end=\"2530\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2435\" data-end=\"2468\"\u003eCan it be used for aluminium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the 96-tooth version is suitable for aluminium profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"48","offer_id":44936104345915,"sku":"100364908001","price":4.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"80","offer_id":44936104378683,"sku":"100364908002","price":4.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"96","offer_id":44936104411451,"sku":"100364908003","price":4.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/products\/1-gcpf456f1f0fbeb412e941e063b25c77817.jpg?v=1681621233"},{"product_id":"parkside®-lames-de-scie-circulaires-85-x-1-7-x-15-mm","title":"PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blades 85 x 1.7 x 15 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"52\" data-end=\"74\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"52\" data-end=\"74\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"76\" data-end=\"339\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blades 85 x 1.7 x 15 mm are designed to deliver clean and accurate cuts in a range of materials. Suitable for compact circular saws with an 85 mm blade diameter and 15 mm bore, they are ideal for detailed DIY and light renovation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"341\" data-end=\"496\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blades 85 x 1.7 x 15 mm provide a balanced combination of cutting precision, stability and durability for everyday workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"498\" data-end=\"514\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"498\" data-end=\"514\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"516\" data-end=\"713\"\u003e▸ Blade diameter: 85 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"539\" data-end=\"542\"\u003e▸ Blade thickness: 1.7 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"567\" data-end=\"570\"\u003e▸ Bore size: 15 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"588\" data-end=\"591\"\u003e▸ Clean and precise cutting performance\u003cbr data-start=\"630\" data-end=\"633\"\u003e▸ Suitable for compact circular saws\u003cbr data-start=\"669\" data-end=\"672\"\u003e▸ Versatile use depending on blade type\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"715\" data-end=\"750\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"715\" data-end=\"750\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"752\" data-end=\"884\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blades 85 x 1.7 x 15 mm are mounted onto a compatible circular saw that matches the specified dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"886\" data-end=\"947\"\u003eDepending on the specific blade version, they can be used to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"949\" data-end=\"1079\"\u003e▸ Cut solid wood and wood-based panels\u003cbr data-start=\"987\" data-end=\"990\"\u003e▸ Work with composite materials\u003cbr data-start=\"1021\" data-end=\"1024\"\u003e▸ Perform clean, detailed cuts for precision projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1081\" data-end=\"1200\"\u003eThe compact 85 mm diameter makes them particularly suitable for mini circular saws and controlled cutting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1202\" data-end=\"1235\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1202\" data-end=\"1235\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1237\" data-end=\"1397\"\u003e▸ Outer diameter: 85 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1260\" data-end=\"1263\"\u003e▸ Blade thickness: 1.7 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1288\" data-end=\"1291\"\u003e▸ Bore diameter: 15 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1313\" data-end=\"1316\"\u003e▸ Blade type: circular saw blade\u003cbr data-start=\"1348\" data-end=\"1351\"\u003e▸ Compatibility: 85 mm compact circular saws\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1399\" data-end=\"1439\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1399\" data-end=\"1439\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1441\" data-end=\"1562\"\u003e▸ Blade(s) included depending on set configuration\u003cbr data-start=\"1491\" data-end=\"1494\"\u003e▸ Compatible with circular saws supporting 85 x 1.7 x 15 mm blades\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1564\" data-end=\"1620\"\u003eAlways verify machine compatibility before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1622\" data-end=\"1651\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1622\" data-end=\"1651\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1653\" data-end=\"1773\"\u003e▸ DIY enthusiasts\u003cbr data-start=\"1670\" data-end=\"1673\"\u003e▸ Users of compact or mini circular saws\u003cbr data-start=\"1713\" data-end=\"1716\"\u003e▸ Precision cutting tasks\u003cbr data-start=\"1741\" data-end=\"1744\"\u003e▸ Light renovation projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1775\" data-end=\"1792\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1775\" data-end=\"1792\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1794\" data-end=\"1917\"\u003ePros:\u003cbr data-start=\"1799\" data-end=\"1802\"\u003e▸ Compact size for detailed work\u003cbr data-start=\"1834\" data-end=\"1837\"\u003e▸ Clean cutting results\u003cbr data-start=\"1860\" data-end=\"1863\"\u003e▸ Standard 85 mm compatibility\u003cbr data-start=\"1893\" data-end=\"1896\"\u003e▸ Easy installation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1919\" data-end=\"2055\"\u003eCons:\u003cbr data-start=\"1924\" data-end=\"1927\"\u003e▸ Limited to compatible 85 mm saws\u003cbr data-start=\"1961\" data-end=\"1964\"\u003e▸ Not suitable for deep cutting applications\u003cbr data-start=\"2008\" data-end=\"2011\"\u003e▸ Performance varies depending on material\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2057\" data-end=\"2089\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2057\" data-end=\"2089\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2091\" data-end=\"2288\"\u003eSelect the appropriate blade type for the material being cut.\u003cbr data-start=\"2152\" data-end=\"2155\"\u003eReplace the blade when signs of wear or reduced performance appear.\u003cbr data-start=\"2222\" data-end=\"2225\"\u003eFollow the maximum speed rating specified by your circular saw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2290\" data-end=\"2317\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2290\" data-end=\"2317\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2319\" data-end=\"2535\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Circular Saw Blades 85 x 1.7 x 15 mm are a practical choice for compact circular saw users seeking precise and controlled cuts. They are well suited for domestic DIY applications and light workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2537\" data-end=\"2544\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2537\" data-end=\"2544\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2546\" data-end=\"2656\"\u003eAre these blades compatible with all circular saws?\u003cbr data-start=\"2597\" data-end=\"2600\"\u003eNo, they must match the 85 x 1.7 x 15 mm specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2658\" data-end=\"2771\"\u003eCan they cut metal?\u003cbr data-start=\"2677\" data-end=\"2680\"\u003eThey are mainly intended for wood and wood-based materials, depending on the blade version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2773\" data-end=\"2879\"\u003eAre they suitable for professional use?\u003cbr data-start=\"2812\" data-end=\"2815\"\u003eThey are primarily designed for DIY and occasional applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2881\" data-end=\"2972\"\u003eIs installation straightforward?\u003cbr data-start=\"2913\" data-end=\"2916\"\u003eYes, provided the saw supports the specified dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"TCT Circular Saw Blade Set","offer_id":46524205334870,"sku":"100368568001","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"TCT and HSS Circular Saw Blade Set","offer_id":46524205367638,"sku":"100368568002","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/products\/1-gcp0fef9b5d669a422ea08c4a94946f942e.jpg?v=1682253835"},{"product_id":"projecteur-led-sans-fil-parkside-plsa-20-li-a1-20-v","title":"PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Work Light PLSA 20-Li A1 20 V","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"54\" data-end=\"458\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"54\" data-end=\"76\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Work Light PLSA 20-Li A1 20 V is a portable work light designed to provide strong, directed illumination for indoor work areas such as workshops, garages and DIY spaces. The PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Work Light PLSA 20-Li A1 20 V can operate either with a compatible battery or via mains power, offering flexible use in both mobile and fixed working setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"460\" data-end=\"749\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"460\" data-end=\"476\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable LED work light\u003cbr\u003e▸ Operates on battery or mains power\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE® X 12 V Team and X 20 V Team\u003cbr\u003e▸ Light output up to 2300 lm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Daylight-style colour temperature\u003cbr\u003e▸ Dual tripod thread\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact design with integrated handle\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for indoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"751\" data-end=\"1121\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"751\" data-end=\"786\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Work Light PLSA 20-Li A1 20 V uses a high-output LED module to illuminate work areas with broad, even light. It is suitable for maintenance tasks, repairs, inspection work and general DIY applications where ambient lighting is limited. Its adjustable support makes it easier to direct the beam where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1123\" data-end=\"1527\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1123\" data-end=\"1156\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model PLSA 20-Li A1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated voltage 20 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery compatibility PARKSIDE® X 12 V Team and X 20 V Team\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum power on battery 20 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum power with power supply 27 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ LEDs 20 x 1 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum luminous flux 2300 lm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Colour temperature 5700 K\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection rating IP20\u003cbr\u003e▸ Dimensions approx. 250 x 189 x 210 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Weight approx. 1.1 kg\u003cbr\u003e▸ Tripod thread 1\/4\" and 5\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1529\" data-end=\"1733\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1529\" data-end=\"1569\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ LED work light\u003cbr\u003e▸ 12 V adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power supply unit\u003cbr\u003e▸ Instruction manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE® X 12 V Team and X 20 V Team\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1735\" data-end=\"1990\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1735\" data-end=\"1764\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is recommended for DIY users, home workshop owners and anyone needing a portable light source with solid brightness output. It is particularly suitable for indoor jobs where stable, adjustable lighting is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1992\" data-end=\"2269\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1992\" data-end=\"2009\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2010\" data-end=\"2018\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Strong light output up to 2300 lm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Can be used on battery or mains power\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with two PARKSIDE® battery platforms\u003cbr\u003e▸ Can be mounted on a tripod\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2174\" data-end=\"2182\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger are not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ IP20 rating limits use to indoor environments\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2271\" data-end=\"2519\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2271\" data-end=\"2303\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor longer runtime, a higher-capacity battery is more suitable for extended sessions. This work light does not require specific consumables, but only compatible batteries and the correct power supply should be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2521\" data-end=\"2834\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2521\" data-end=\"2548\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Work Light PLSA 20-Li A1 20 V is a practical lighting solution for indoor work areas, combining good brightness, flexible power options and compatibility with existing PARKSIDE® battery systems. Its main limitation is that it is intended for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2836\" data-end=\"3222\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2836\" data-end=\"2843\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2844\" data-end=\"2883\"\u003eIs the battery included in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the battery and charger are not included and must be purchased separately.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2963\" data-end=\"3013\"\u003eCan this work light be used without a battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can also be operated using the mains power supply for fixed use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3087\" data-end=\"3122\"\u003eIs it compatible with a tripod?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it has 1\/4\" and 5\/8\" threads for easy mounting on compatible tripods.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46528180453718,"sku":"100366093","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpebafd6db63464543a112c6074fc6d4f5.jpg?v=1710067158"},{"product_id":"coffret-joints-toriques-parkside-420-pieces","title":"PARKSIDE® O-Ring Set, 420 Pieces","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"34\" data-end=\"182\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"34\" data-end=\"56\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® O-Ring Set, 420 Pieces is an assorted sealing ring kit designed for plumbing, garden and workshop repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"184\" data-end=\"421\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"184\" data-end=\"200\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Set with 420 O-rings\u003cbr\u003e▸ For sealing pipes and hoses\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for flanges, plates and closures\u003cbr\u003e▸ Stated resistance to acids, petrol and oil\u003cbr\u003e▸ Sorted sizes in a compartmentalised case\u003cbr\u003e▸ Internal diameter from 3 to 50 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"423\" data-end=\"648\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"423\" data-end=\"458\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® O-Ring Set, 420 Pieces is used to replace or supplement sealing rings on fittings, pipes, hoses, flanges or closures in order to help reduce leaks and maintain proper sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"650\" data-end=\"974\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"650\" data-end=\"683\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Product type: O-ring set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Total quantity: 420 pieces\u003cbr\u003e▸ Internal diameter: 3 to 50 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Included sizes: from 3.15 x 1.8 mm to 50 x 3.55 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Stated resistance: acids, petrol and oil\u003cbr\u003e▸ Format: compartmentalised storage case\u003cbr\u003e▸ Commercial reference: O-ring set, 420 pieces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"976\" data-end=\"1185\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"976\" data-end=\"1016\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage case included\u003cbr\u003e▸ 420 O-rings in different sizes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with pipes, hoses, flanges, plates and closures\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for plumbing, garden and workshop tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1187\" data-end=\"1370\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1187\" data-end=\"1216\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is recommended for DIY users and workshop owners who need an organised assortment of O-rings for maintenance, repairs and common sealing replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1372\" data-end=\"1611\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1372\" data-end=\"1389\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1390\" data-end=\"1397\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Large 420-piece assortment\u003cbr\u003e▸ Wide range of sizes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical storage case\u003cbr\u003e▸ Stated resistance to common fluids\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1511\" data-end=\"1519\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Exact material not specified\u003cbr\u003e▸ No stated rating for high-pressure or high-temperature use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1613\" data-end=\"1825\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1613\" data-end=\"1645\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlways choose an O-ring matching the required diameter and replace any seal that is worn, deformed or has lost elasticity. Keep the rings sorted in the case to avoid mixing sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1827\" data-end=\"2042\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1827\" data-end=\"1854\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® O-Ring Set, 420 Pieces is a practical option for keeping multiple sealing ring sizes available for everyday repairs and maintenance in domestic, garden or workshop settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2044\" data-end=\"2174\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2044\" data-end=\"2051\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2052\" data-end=\"2089\"\u003eWhat is this O-ring set used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is used to seal pipes, hoses, flanges, plates and closures to help prevent leaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2176\" data-end=\"2258\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2176\" data-end=\"2210\"\u003eHow many O-rings are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe set contains 420 O-rings organised by size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2260\" data-end=\"2390\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2260\" data-end=\"2288\"\u003eWhat sizes are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe included sizes range from 3.15 x 1.8 mm to 50 x 3.55 mm, with internal diameters from 3 to 50 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46529168015702,"sku":"100359114002","price":4.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpd43ff9d16805493f9ef9fda9f5ae0180.jpg?v=1682358675"},{"product_id":"pompe-pour-perceuse-parkside-pbp-b1","title":"PARKSIDE® PBP B1 Drill Pump","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"29\" data-end=\"321\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"29\" data-end=\"51\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"51\" data-end=\"54\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBP B1 Drill Pump is an accessory designed to be driven by a drill for transferring or pumping water. The PARKSIDE® PBP B1 Drill Pump is suitable for occasional domestic, garden or workshop use when water needs to be moved between compatible containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"323\" data-end=\"623\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"323\" data-end=\"339\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"339\" data-end=\"342\"\u003e▸ Drill-powered pump accessory\u003cbr data-start=\"372\" data-end=\"375\"\u003e▸ Model PBP B1\u003cbr data-start=\"389\" data-end=\"392\"\u003e▸ Mechanical operation via compatible drill\u003cbr data-start=\"435\" data-end=\"438\"\u003e▸ Integrated hose connections\u003cbr data-start=\"467\" data-end=\"470\"\u003e▸ Compact and easy to store\u003cbr data-start=\"497\" data-end=\"500\"\u003e▸ Suitable for water transfer\u003cbr data-start=\"529\" data-end=\"532\"\u003e▸ Intended for occasional household use\u003cbr data-start=\"571\" data-end=\"574\"\u003e▸ Part of the PARKSIDE® drill accessories range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"625\" data-end=\"902\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"625\" data-end=\"660\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"660\" data-end=\"663\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBP B1 Drill Pump is attached to a compatible drill, which drives the internal pump mechanism. It is used to transfer water from one point to another, for example when emptying or moving water in a domestic or garden setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"904\" data-end=\"1164\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"904\" data-end=\"937\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"937\" data-end=\"940\"\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr data-start=\"958\" data-end=\"961\"\u003e▸ Model: PBP B1\u003cbr data-start=\"976\" data-end=\"979\"\u003e▸ Type: drill pump\u003cbr data-start=\"997\" data-end=\"1000\"\u003e▸ Own power supply: not applicable\u003cbr data-start=\"1034\" data-end=\"1037\"\u003e▸ Drive system: drill-powered\u003cbr data-start=\"1066\" data-end=\"1069\"\u003e▸ Use: water transfer\u003cbr data-start=\"1090\" data-end=\"1093\"\u003e▸ Connection: compatible hoses\u003cbr data-start=\"1123\" data-end=\"1126\"\u003e▸ Commercial reference: 100394489005\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1166\" data-end=\"1393\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1166\" data-end=\"1206\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1206\" data-end=\"1209\"\u003e▸ Drill pump\u003cbr data-start=\"1221\" data-end=\"1224\"\u003e▸ Integrated hose connections\u003cbr data-start=\"1253\" data-end=\"1256\"\u003e▸ Compatible with a suitable drill for driving the accessory\u003cbr data-start=\"1316\" data-end=\"1319\"\u003e▸ Intended for pumping water within the limits of this type of accessory\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1395\" data-end=\"1615\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1395\" data-end=\"1424\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1424\" data-end=\"1427\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBP B1 Drill Pump is recommended for DIY users and home users who need a simple accessory for transferring small quantities of water without using a standalone electric pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1617\" data-end=\"1886\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1617\" data-end=\"1634\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1634\" data-end=\"1637\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1637\" data-end=\"1644\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1644\" data-end=\"1647\"\u003e▸ Compact and simple to use\u003cbr data-start=\"1674\" data-end=\"1677\"\u003e▸ No integrated motor required\u003cbr data-start=\"1707\" data-end=\"1710\"\u003e▸ Practical for occasional water transfer\u003cbr data-start=\"1751\" data-end=\"1754\"\u003e▸ Suitable for household and garden tasks\u003cbr data-start=\"1795\" data-end=\"1798\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1798\" data-end=\"1806\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1806\" data-end=\"1809\"\u003e▸ Requires a drill to operate\u003cbr data-start=\"1838\" data-end=\"1841\"\u003e▸ Limited detailed technical data available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1888\" data-end=\"2144\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1888\" data-end=\"1915\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1915\" data-end=\"1918\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBP B1 Drill Pump is a practical accessory for simple water transfer tasks. Its main advantage is its compact format and drill-powered operation, making it more suitable for occasional use than intensive pumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2146\" data-end=\"2240\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2146\" data-end=\"2153\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2153\" data-end=\"2156\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2156\" data-end=\"2191\"\u003eDoes this pump work on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2191\" data-end=\"2194\"\u003eNo, it must be driven by a compatible drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2242\" data-end=\"2375\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2242\" data-end=\"2278\"\u003eWhat is this accessory used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2278\" data-end=\"2281\"\u003eIt is used to transfer or pump water between two points in household or garden applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2377\" data-end=\"2481\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2377\" data-end=\"2414\"\u003eIs it a standalone electric pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2414\" data-end=\"2417\"\u003eNo, it is a mechanical drill pump without an integrated motor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46541793296726,"sku":"100366599005","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp102ec64866154b81a07701f176365f6a.jpg?v=1705402017"},{"product_id":"set-outils-23-pieces-parkside","title":"PARKSIDE® 23-Piece Tool Set","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"4682\" data-end=\"4848\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4682\" data-end=\"4704\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 23-Piece Tool Set is a compact manual tool kit designed for everyday maintenance, repairs and DIY tasks at home or in the garage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4850\" data-end=\"5035\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4850\" data-end=\"4866\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 23-piece hand tool set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical storage bag included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Durable steel tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for household repairs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Portable and easy to carry\u003cbr\u003e▸ Organised storage layout\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5037\" data-end=\"5218\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5037\" data-end=\"5072\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 23-Piece Tool Set provides essential tools for tightening, cutting, gripping and measuring during general maintenance and DIY work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5220\" data-end=\"5372\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5220\" data-end=\"5253\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Pieces: 23\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: manual tool set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Main material: steel\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage bag included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended use: DIY and maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5374\" data-end=\"5518\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5374\" data-end=\"5414\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Bolt cutter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Long nose pliers\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hammer\u003cbr\u003e▸ Screwdrivers\u003cbr\u003e▸ Spirit level\u003cbr\u003e▸ Various hand tool accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5520\" data-end=\"5672\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5520\" data-end=\"5549\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 23-Piece Tool Set is suitable for home users looking for a practical all-in-one tool kit for everyday tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5674\" data-end=\"5891\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5674\" data-end=\"5691\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5692\" data-end=\"5700\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact and portable\u003cbr\u003e▸ Useful range of tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical storage bag\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for household use\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5801\" data-end=\"5809\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not intended for heavy professional work\u003cbr\u003e▸ Limited for specialised applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5893\" data-end=\"6064\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5893\" data-end=\"5920\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 23-Piece Tool Set offers a convenient and organised selection of essential tools for routine home maintenance and DIY activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6066\" data-end=\"6163\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6066\" data-end=\"6073\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6074\" data-end=\"6106\"\u003eIs the storage bag included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the tool set comes with a carrying and storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6165\" data-end=\"6259\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6165\" data-end=\"6204\"\u003eIs this set suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed for general household and DIY use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6261\" data-end=\"6359\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6261\" data-end=\"6295\"\u003eCan it be used professionally?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is mainly intended for occasional and domestic applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46549146960214,"sku":"100362211","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcp013dc004b14c4142b910c3767148573b.jpg?v=1779362986"},{"product_id":"accessoires-meuleuse-angle-115-mm-parkside","title":"PARKSIDE® Angle Grinder Accessories Ø 115 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"46\" data-end=\"326\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"46\" data-end=\"68\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Angle Grinder Accessories Ø 115 mm are designed for use with compatible angle grinders that accept 115 mm discs. Depending on the selected variant, they can be used for sanding, polishing, cleaning, stripping, deburring or surface preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"328\" data-end=\"686\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"328\" data-end=\"344\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Accessories for Ø 115 mm angle grinders\u003cbr\u003e▸ Different variants available depending on use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for sanding, polishing, cleaning and deburring\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with common angle grinders accepting 115 mm accessories\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for metal, painted surfaces and compatible materials depending on the disc\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical for DIY and workshop tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"688\" data-end=\"1014\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"688\" data-end=\"723\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Angle Grinder Accessories Ø 115 mm are fitted to a compatible angle grinder to adapt the tool to a specific task. Flap discs are used for surface treatment, abrasive discs for sanding, polishing discs for finishing and cleaning discs for removing residues or surface deposits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1016\" data-end=\"1353\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1016\" data-end=\"1049\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: angle grinder accessories\u003cbr\u003e▸ Diameter: Ø 115 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Variants: flap discs, abrasive discs, hook-and-loop backing pad with discs, polishing discs, cleaning disc\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: sanding, polishing, cleaning, stripping, deburring\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: angle grinders accepting Ø 115 mm accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1355\" data-end=\"1626\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1355\" data-end=\"1395\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Contents depend on the selected variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Flap discs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hook-and-loop backing pad with abrasive discs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Non-woven abrasive discs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Polishing discs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cleaning disc\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with angle grinders suitable for Ø 115 mm accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1628\" data-end=\"1885\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1628\" data-end=\"1657\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese accessories are recommended for DIY users and workshop users who own a compatible angle grinder and need different options for surface work. They are suitable for common sanding, finishing, cleaning and preparation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1887\" data-end=\"2186\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1887\" data-end=\"1904\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1905\" data-end=\"1912\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Several variants for different applications\u003cbr\u003e▸ Common and versatile Ø 115 mm format\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for surface treatment and finishing\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with many suitable angle grinders\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2092\" data-end=\"2100\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Exact contents depend on the selected variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires a compatible angle grinder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2188\" data-end=\"2451\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2188\" data-end=\"2220\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese accessories are wear consumables. Choose the disc type according to the material and task, and replace the accessory when it becomes worn, damaged or less effective. Always follow the diameter supported by the angle grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2453\" data-end=\"2756\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2453\" data-end=\"2480\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Angle Grinder Accessories Ø 115 mm provide a practical way to adapt an angle grinder to several DIY and workshop tasks. Their main value is the range of available variants, covering sanding, polishing, cleaning and deburring depending on the accessory selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2758\" data-end=\"2945\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2758\" data-end=\"2765\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2766\" data-end=\"2824\"\u003eAre these accessories suitable for all angle grinders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are suitable for angle grinders that accept Ø 115 mm accessories. Always check the compatible diameter of the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2947\" data-end=\"3074\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2947\" data-end=\"2980\"\u003eWhat are flap discs used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFlap discs are used for surface treatment, sanding and light deburring on suitable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3076\" data-end=\"3257\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3076\" data-end=\"3111\"\u003eIs the content always the same?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the content depends on the selected variant, such as abrasive discs, flap discs, hook-and-loop backing pad, polishing discs or cleaning disc.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"diamond grinding wheels","offer_id":46568199815510,"sku":"100363443001","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Round brush","offer_id":46568199848278,"sku":"100348156002","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"cutting discs","offer_id":46568199881046,"sku":"100363443002","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"cutting discs and files","offer_id":46568199913814,"sku":"100348156004","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flap abrasive discs","offer_id":46568199946582,"sku":"100363431001","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpf06c9b3ce69f46dc99713dcb1d62b633.jpg?v=1683300568"},{"product_id":"parkside-performance-couronnes-percage-diamantees-pdbk-3-a1","title":"PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Diamond core drill bits PDBK 3 A1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"57\" data-end=\"317\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"57\" data-end=\"79\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Diamond core drill bits PDBK 3 A1 are accessories designed for dry drilling in hard materials using an angle grinder with M14 thread. They are suitable for porcelain tiles, granite, marble and similar materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"319\" data-end=\"625\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"319\" data-end=\"335\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Diamond-coated core drill bits for hard materials\u003cbr data-start=\"387\" data-end=\"390\"\u003e▸ Dry drilling application\u003cbr data-start=\"416\" data-end=\"419\"\u003e▸ Compatible with angle grinders with M14 thread\u003cbr data-start=\"467\" data-end=\"470\"\u003e▸ Working depth approx. 35 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"499\" data-end=\"502\"\u003e▸ Maximum speed up to 13300 rpm\u003cbr data-start=\"533\" data-end=\"536\"\u003e▸ Multiple diameter options available\u003cbr data-start=\"573\" data-end=\"576\"\u003e▸ Suitable for renovation and installation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"627\" data-end=\"897\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"627\" data-end=\"662\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Diamond core drill bits PDBK 3 A1 are screwed onto a compatible angle grinder. The diamond edge drills by abrasion, allowing clean and precise holes in hard surfaces for pipes, fittings and installation work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"899\" data-end=\"1279\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"899\" data-end=\"932\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PDBK 3 A1\u003cbr data-start=\"951\" data-end=\"954\"\u003e▸ Type: diamond core drill bits\u003cbr data-start=\"985\" data-end=\"988\"\u003e▸ Application: dry drilling\u003cbr data-start=\"1015\" data-end=\"1018\"\u003e▸ Connection: M14\u003cbr data-start=\"1035\" data-end=\"1038\"\u003e▸ Compatible tool: angle grinder\u003cbr data-start=\"1070\" data-end=\"1073\"\u003e▸ Available diameters: 18 mm, 22 mm, 27 mm, 30 mm, 35 mm, 45 mm, 53 mm, 68 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1150\" data-end=\"1153\"\u003e▸ Working depth: approx. 35 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1183\" data-end=\"1186\"\u003e▸ Max speed: 13300 rpm\u003cbr data-start=\"1208\" data-end=\"1211\"\u003e▸ Materials: porcelain, granite, marble\u003cbr data-start=\"1250\" data-end=\"1253\"\u003e▸ Intended use: domestic\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1281\" data-end=\"1520\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1281\" data-end=\"1321\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Variant 30 mm \/ 68 mm: 2 core drill bits\u003cbr data-start=\"1364\" data-end=\"1367\"\u003e▸ Variant 18 mm \/ 22 mm \/ 27 mm \/ 35 mm: 4 core drill bits\u003cbr data-start=\"1425\" data-end=\"1428\"\u003e▸ Variant 45 mm \/ 53 mm: 2 core drill bits\u003cbr data-start=\"1470\" data-end=\"1473\"\u003e▸ Compatible with standard M14 angle grinders\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1522\" data-end=\"1707\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1522\" data-end=\"1551\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecommended for DIY users needing clean drilling in hard materials for tiling, plumbing and renovation tasks. Not intended for continuous professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1709\" data-end=\"2003\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1709\" data-end=\"1726\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1727\" data-end=\"1735\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Diamond coating for hard materials\u003cbr data-start=\"1772\" data-end=\"1775\"\u003e▸ Multiple diameters available\u003cbr data-start=\"1805\" data-end=\"1808\"\u003e▸ Suitable working depth for common applications\u003cbr data-start=\"1856\" data-end=\"1859\"\u003e▸ Compatible with standard M14 angle grinders\u003cbr data-start=\"1904\" data-end=\"1907\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1907\" data-end=\"1915\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires a compatible angle grinder\u003cbr data-start=\"1953\" data-end=\"1956\"\u003e▸ Not designed for intensive professional use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2005\" data-end=\"2233\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2005\" data-end=\"2037\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Diamond core drill bits PDBK 3 A1 do not require batteries. It is recommended to work with light pressure and intermittent use to avoid overheating and extend tool life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2235\" data-end=\"2509\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2235\" data-end=\"2262\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® diamond core drill bits provide a practical solution for drilling hard mineral materials. Their M14 compatibility and range of sizes make them suitable for home renovation tasks when used within their technical limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2511\" data-end=\"2655\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2511\" data-end=\"2518\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2519\" data-end=\"2562\"\u003eAre these suitable for porcelain tiles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they are designed for dry drilling in porcelain, granite, marble and similar materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2657\" data-end=\"2757\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2657\" data-end=\"2700\"\u003eCan they be used with a standard drill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, they are intended for use with an M14 angle grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2759\" data-end=\"2832\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2759\" data-end=\"2790\"\u003eWhat is the drilling depth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe working depth is approximately 35 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside Performance®","offers":[{"title":"18 22 27 35 mm","offer_id":46568489582934,"sku":"100357962002","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 68 mm","offer_id":46568489615702,"sku":"100357962001","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"45 53 mm","offer_id":46568489648470,"sku":"100357962003","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp5f8b21cf6c96448dba6fc8ec4a254ef4.jpg?v=1683308500"},{"product_id":"forets-multiusages-parkside-performance-pmb-7-a1-phb-6-a1","title":"PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Multi-Purpose Drill Bits PMB 7 A1 \/ PHB 6 A1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"68\" data-end=\"318\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"68\" data-end=\"90\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Multi-Purpose Drill Bits PMB 7 A1 \/ PHB 6 A1 are designed for versatile drilling in common materials. This set is suitable for everyday DIY work where flexibility and simple tool handling are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"320\" data-end=\"514\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"320\" data-end=\"336\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for multiple materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Robust design for regular use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Good drilling precision\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard drills\u003cbr\u003e▸ Different diameters included depending on version\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"516\" data-end=\"768\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"516\" data-end=\"551\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Multi-Purpose Drill Bits PMB 7 A1 \/ PHB 6 A1 use a geometry designed to drill efficiently into wood, metal and plastic. They help reduce tool changes when working across different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"770\" data-end=\"1029\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"770\" data-end=\"803\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: multi-purpose drill bits\u003cbr\u003e▸ Models: PMB 7 A1 \/ PHB 6 A1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: drills and drivers with standard chuck\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable materials: wood, metal, plastic\u003cbr\u003e▸ Number of pieces: varies by version\u003cbr\u003e▸ Shank type: cylindrical\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1031\" data-end=\"1182\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1031\" data-end=\"1071\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Drill bit set depending on PMB 7 A1 or PHB 6 A1 version\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard chucks without an adaptor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1184\" data-end=\"1385\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1184\" data-end=\"1213\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis set is recommended for DIY users who need versatile drill bits for household tasks and for anyone looking for a practical option for working with different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1387\" data-end=\"1645\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1387\" data-end=\"1404\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1405\" data-end=\"1412\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Versatile use on several materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Simple and practical handling\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with most standard drills\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reduces the need to change tools\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1556\" data-end=\"1564\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Less specialised than dedicated drill bits\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not ideal for very hard materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1647\" data-end=\"1946\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1647\" data-end=\"1674\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Multi-Purpose Drill Bits PMB 7 A1 \/ PHB 6 A1 offer a practical solution for general DIY drilling. They provide a balanced compromise between versatility and ease of use, while dedicated drill bits remain preferable for intensive specialist work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1948\" data-end=\"2122\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1948\" data-end=\"1955\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1956\" data-end=\"2001\"\u003eCan these drill bits be used on concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey may be suitable for light applications, but they are not a substitute for dedicated masonry or concrete drill bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2124\" data-end=\"2215\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2124\" data-end=\"2169\"\u003eAre they compatible with cordless drills?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the drill has a standard chuck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2217\" data-end=\"2371\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2217\" data-end=\"2274\"\u003eWhat is the difference between PMB 7 A1 and PHB 6 A1?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe difference mainly concerns the composition of the set and the number of drill bits included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside Performance®","offers":[{"title":"PHB 6 A1 Wood Drill Bits","offer_id":46568798749014,"sku":"100357866002","price":8.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PMB 7 A1 Multi-purpose drill bits","offer_id":46568798781782,"sku":"100357866001","price":8.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-744210ff364bb5887a6089f11d660dd6.jpg?v=1683318533"},{"product_id":"accessoires-decoupeur-plasma-parkside","title":"PARKSIDE® Plasma Cutter Accessories","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"37\" data-end=\"398\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"37\" data-end=\"59\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Plasma Cutter Accessories are a set of essential consumables and accessory parts intended for the maintenance and proper use of compatible plasma cutting equipment. The PARKSIDE® Plasma Cutter Accessories are designed to support replacement of wear components and help maintain more consistent cutting performance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"400\" data-end=\"708\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"400\" data-end=\"416\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Accessory set for plasma cutter use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Includes wear parts and compatible accessory components\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for maintenance and regular replacement\u003cbr\u003e▸ Helps support stable cutting quality\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for compatible PARKSIDE® plasma cutting equipment\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended for workshop and DIY applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"710\" data-end=\"1034\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"710\" data-end=\"745\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Plasma Cutter Accessories are used to replace worn elements or add compatible support components for plasma cutting tasks. Their purpose is to help preserve cutting efficiency, maintain cleaner results and support the correct functioning of the equipment during regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1036\" data-end=\"1319\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1036\" data-end=\"1069\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: accessories \/ consumables\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: plasma cutting\u003cbr\u003e▸ Category: wear parts and accessory components\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: compatible PARKSIDE® plasma cutting equipment\u003cbr\u003e▸ Packaging: assorted set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Application: maintenance and support for cutting tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1321\" data-end=\"1548\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1321\" data-end=\"1361\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe exact contents are not specified here in detail. Suitable for compatible PARKSIDE® plasma cutter models. Compatibility should be checked against the exact equipment model before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1550\" data-end=\"1772\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1550\" data-end=\"1579\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis set is recommended for users of compatible PARKSIDE® plasma cutting equipment who need replacement consumables or accessory parts to maintain performance and support regular cutting work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1774\" data-end=\"2065\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1774\" data-end=\"1791\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1792\" data-end=\"1800\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical solution for maintenance needs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Helps support consistent cutting quality\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for routine replacement of wear parts\u003cbr\u003e▸ Useful for workshop and DIY plasma cutting\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1981\" data-end=\"1989\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Exact contents may vary by set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility should be checked by model\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2067\" data-end=\"2321\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2067\" data-end=\"2099\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsumable parts should be replaced regularly when wear becomes visible or cutting performance declines. Using only compatible accessories and storing them in clean, dry conditions can help maintain more stable operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2323\" data-end=\"2630\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2323\" data-end=\"2350\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Plasma Cutter Accessories are a practical maintenance-oriented option for users who need compatible parts for ongoing plasma cutter use. They are best suited to routine upkeep and replacement needs rather than as a universal solution for every plasma cutting setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2632\" data-end=\"2785\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2632\" data-end=\"2639\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2640\" data-end=\"2680\"\u003eWhat are these accessories used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are used for maintenance, replacement of wear parts and support of compatible plasma cutting tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2787\" data-end=\"2959\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2787\" data-end=\"2859\"\u003eAre these accessories compatible with every PARKSIDE® plasma cutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are intended for compatible models, so the exact plasma cutter model should always be checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2961\" data-end=\"3106\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2961\" data-end=\"3017\"\u003eAre these accessories meant for regular replacement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they are intended to help replace worn components and maintain cutting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"PPDES 18 A1","offer_id":46568826503510,"sku":"100359713002","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PPKS 35 B3","offer_id":46568826536278,"sku":"100359713001","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"PDES 4 B2","offer_id":46568826569046,"sku":"100342921003","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp979eb36b938d4526adc61de11860b060.jpg?v=1683320177"},{"product_id":"parkside-pistolet-a-peinture-pneumatique-pdfp-500-d4","title":"PARKSIDE® Pneumatic paint spray gun PDFP 500 D4","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"49\" data-end=\"413\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"49\" data-end=\"71\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePARKSIDE® Pneumatic paint spray gun PDFP 500 D4 is a compressed-air spray gun designed for applying liquid coating materials to different surfaces. This model works with a suitable compressed-air source and uses a 1.4 mm nozzle with a cup of around 500 ml, allowing fine and even spraying for painting, varnishing and surface treatment work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"415\" data-end=\"746\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"415\" data-end=\"431\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Pneumatic operation with compressed-air connection\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1.4 mm spray nozzle\u003cbr\u003e▸ Approx. 500 ml cup\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable material flow\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable spray pattern for round, flat or wide application\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable air volume\u003cbr\u003e▸ Design suited to even application of liquid coatings\u003cbr\u003e▸ Handheld format for painting and finishing work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"748\" data-end=\"1311\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"748\" data-end=\"783\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Pneumatic paint spray gun PDFP 500 D4 connects to a compressor and atomises the material in the cup by means of compressed air. The user can adjust the material flow, air volume and spray pattern according to the surface and the intended application. It is suitable for water-thinnable paints, automotive finishing lacquers, clear varnishes, wood stains, oils, primers, disinfectants and certain wood treatment products, but it is not intended for emulsion or latex paints, nor for very thick or coarse materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1313\" data-end=\"1735\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1313\" data-end=\"1346\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: pneumatic paint spray gun\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PDFP 500 D4\u003cbr\u003e▸ Operating pressure: max. 3.5 bar\u003cbr\u003e▸ Nozzle size: Ø 1.4 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cup capacity: approx. 500 ml\u003cbr\u003e▸ Recommended viscosity: 18 to 23 s DIN\u003cbr\u003e▸ Sound pressure level: 73.1 dB(A)\u003cbr\u003e▸ Sound power level: 93.1 dB(A)\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: spraying liquid coatings\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power source: compressed air via suitable compressor\u003cbr\u003e▸ Recommended compressor: 24-litre tank or larger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1737\" data-end=\"1975\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1737\" data-end=\"1777\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 pneumatic paint spray gun\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 cup\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 cup lid\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 cleaning brush\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 filter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with a suitable compressed-air source\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for liquid materials compatible with pneumatic spraying\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1977\" data-end=\"2345\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1977\" data-end=\"2006\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Pneumatic paint spray gun PDFP 500 D4 is recommended for DIY users who already have a compressor and want a more even application than a brush for finishing, varnishing or painting tasks. It is suitable for domestic use on wood, metal or other prepared surfaces when precise adjustment of spray pattern and flow is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2347\" data-end=\"2729\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2347\" data-end=\"2364\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePro\u003cbr\u003e▸ Separate adjustments for material flow, air volume and spray pattern\u003cbr\u003e▸ 500 ml cup suitable for small and medium-sized jobs\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1.4 mm nozzle suited to many liquid coating materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Basic accessories included for setup and maintenance\u003cbr\u003eCons\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires a suitable compressor to operate\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not compatible with some thick materials such as latex or coarse coatings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2731\" data-end=\"3161\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2731\" data-end=\"2763\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Pneumatic paint spray gun PDFP 500 D4 does not require a battery. However, the choice of consumable is important: the recommended viscosity of 18 to 23 s DIN should be respected, and only materials suitable for pneumatic spraying should be used. Thorough cleaning after use, together with replacement of worn filters or accessories when needed, helps maintain even spray performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3163\" data-end=\"3644\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3163\" data-end=\"3190\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Pneumatic paint spray gun PDFP 500 D4 is a straightforward and adjustable solution for compressed-air spraying in private use. Its main strengths are the standard 1.4 mm nozzle, the 500 ml cup and the spray and flow adjustments, which allow the application to be adapted to different liquid coatings. However, it depends on a suitable compressor and requires correct material preparation and careful cleaning to achieve consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3646\" data-end=\"3828\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3646\" data-end=\"3653\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCan this spray gun be used with water-based paint?\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for water-thinnable paints if the viscosity is correct for spraying. Proper thinning remains essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3830\" data-end=\"3984\"\u003eWhat operating pressure should be used?\u003cbr\u003eThe stated maximum operating pressure is 3.5 bar. A compressed-air supply suitable for the spray gun must be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3986\" data-end=\"4184\"\u003eWhich materials are not suitable for this model?\u003cbr\u003eEmulsion or latex paints, anti-drip products, very thick or coarse materials and certain aggressive substances are not suitable for this type of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4186\" data-end=\"4353\"\u003eIs the compressor included with the spray gun?\u003cbr\u003eNo, this model works with an external compressed-air source. A compressor with a 24-litre tank or larger is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46583714185558,"sku":"100359974","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpfc3163a7557343ba937534bde25c6a60.jpg?v=1683674927"},{"product_id":"parkside-plmb-c3-telemetre-laser-avec-metre-ruban","title":"PARKSIDE® PLMB C3 Laser Distance Measurer with Tape Measure","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"65\" data-end=\"87\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"65\" data-end=\"87\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"89\" data-end=\"493\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PLMB C3 Laser Distance Measurer with Tape Measure is a combined measuring tool designed for accurate indoor measurement tasks. It integrates a digital laser distance measurer and a conventional tape measure into one compact unit.\u003cbr data-start=\"332\" data-end=\"335\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PLMB C3 Laser Distance Measurer with Tape Measure enables quick and practical measurement of distances, room dimensions and furniture placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"495\" data-end=\"511\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"495\" data-end=\"511\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"513\" data-end=\"691\"\u003e▸ Integrated digital laser distance measurer\u003cbr data-start=\"557\" data-end=\"560\"\u003e▸ Built-in mechanical tape measure\u003cbr data-start=\"594\" data-end=\"597\"\u003e▸ Clear digital display\u003cbr data-start=\"620\" data-end=\"623\"\u003e▸ Compact and portable design\u003cbr data-start=\"652\" data-end=\"655\"\u003e▸ Suitable for indoor measurements\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"693\" data-end=\"728\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"693\" data-end=\"728\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"730\" data-end=\"1161\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PLMB C3 Laser Distance Measurer with Tape Measure operates by emitting a laser beam that calculates the distance to a target surface based on reflection time. The measured value is shown on the integrated digital display.\u003cbr data-start=\"965\" data-end=\"968\"\u003eThe mechanical tape measure allows direct physical measurement for shorter distances or when contact measurement is preferred. It is suitable for measuring walls, rooms, furniture and openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1163\" data-end=\"1196\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1163\" data-end=\"1196\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1198\" data-end=\"1395\"\u003e▸ Type: laser distance measurer with integrated tape\u003cbr data-start=\"1250\" data-end=\"1253\"\u003e▸ Laser range: suitable for indoor use\u003cbr data-start=\"1291\" data-end=\"1294\"\u003e▸ Digital display\u003cbr data-start=\"1311\" data-end=\"1314\"\u003e▸ Battery-powered operation\u003cbr data-start=\"1341\" data-end=\"1344\"\u003e▸ Designed for distance and dimension measurement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1397\" data-end=\"1437\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1397\" data-end=\"1437\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1439\" data-end=\"1550\"\u003e▸ Batteries (depending on version)\u003cbr data-start=\"1473\" data-end=\"1476\"\u003e▸ Wrist strap\u003cbr data-start=\"1489\" data-end=\"1492\"\u003e▸ Stand-alone device, no additional accessories required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1552\" data-end=\"1581\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1552\" data-end=\"1581\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1583\" data-end=\"1739\"\u003e▸ Home DIY users\u003cbr data-start=\"1599\" data-end=\"1602\"\u003e▸ Interior renovation projects\u003cbr data-start=\"1632\" data-end=\"1635\"\u003e▸ Measuring for shelving or furniture installation\u003cbr data-start=\"1685\" data-end=\"1688\"\u003e▸ Users seeking a practical 2-in-1 measuring tool\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1741\" data-end=\"1758\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1741\" data-end=\"1758\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1760\" data-end=\"1872\"\u003ePros\u003cbr data-start=\"1764\" data-end=\"1767\"\u003e▸ Combines laser and tape functions\u003cbr data-start=\"1802\" data-end=\"1805\"\u003e▸ Compact and easy to carry\u003cbr data-start=\"1832\" data-end=\"1835\"\u003e▸ Quick and convenient measurements\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1874\" data-end=\"1983\"\u003eCons\u003cbr data-start=\"1878\" data-end=\"1881\"\u003e▸ Laser range mainly suited to indoor use\u003cbr data-start=\"1922\" data-end=\"1925\"\u003e▸ Accuracy may depend on lighting and surface conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1985\" data-end=\"2017\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1985\" data-end=\"2017\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2019\" data-end=\"2182\"\u003eReplace the batteries when the display becomes weak to maintain measurement accuracy.\u003cbr data-start=\"2104\" data-end=\"2107\"\u003eStore the device in a dry environment to protect its electronic components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2184\" data-end=\"2211\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2184\" data-end=\"2211\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2213\" data-end=\"2485\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PLMB C3 Laser Distance Measurer with Tape Measure is a practical and versatile solution for indoor measuring tasks. Its dual-function design makes it particularly useful for DIY projects requiring both quick laser measurements and traditional tape measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2487\" data-end=\"2494\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2487\" data-end=\"2494\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2496\" data-end=\"2611\"\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003cbr data-start=\"2527\" data-end=\"2530\"\u003eIt is primarily designed for indoor measurements where conditions are controlled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2613\" data-end=\"2727\"\u003eDoes it include a tape measure?\u003cbr data-start=\"2644\" data-end=\"2647\"\u003eYes, it integrates both a laser distance measurer and a mechanical tape measure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2729\" data-end=\"2790\"\u003eHow is it powered?\u003cbr data-start=\"2747\" data-end=\"2750\"\u003eIt operates using replaceable batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46587913437526,"sku":"100363997","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp234f3bbcc155446cb5ed20ebe05105e5.jpg?v=1707062458"},{"product_id":"set-embouts-vissage-torsion-douilles-parkside-performance","title":"PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® torsion screwdriver bit and socket set","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"62\" data-end=\"473\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"62\" data-end=\"84\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® torsion screwdriver bit and socket set is a compact accessory kit designed for screwdriving, fastening and general assembly work with compatible drills and screwdrivers. The PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® torsion screwdriver bit and socket set combines torsion bits and sockets in one storage case for versatile DIY and workshop use. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"475\" data-end=\"773\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"475\" data-end=\"491\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Torsion screwdriver bit and socket set\u003cbr\u003e▸ 40-piece version\u003cbr\u003e▸ Torsion bit design for torque absorption\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for screwdriving and fastening tasks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard bit holders\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical storage case included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Mixed bit and socket assortment for general-purpose use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"775\" data-end=\"1200\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"775\" data-end=\"810\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® torsion screwdriver bit and socket set is used with a compatible drill or screwdriver fitted with a standard bit holder or adapter. The torsion bits are designed to absorb part of the rotational stress during use, while the included sockets allow work on compatible nuts and bolts for assembly, installation and repair tasks. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1202\" data-end=\"1587\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1202\" data-end=\"1235\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PBSP 2 D4\u003cbr\u003e▸ Product type: torsion screwdriver bit and socket set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Version: 40-piece set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Application: screwdriving, unscrewing and fastening\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: drills and screwdrivers with standard bit holder\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage: carry case included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Commercial reference: 100405211 \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1589\" data-end=\"1827\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1589\" data-end=\"1629\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Assorted torsion screwdriver bits\u003cbr\u003e▸ Assorted sockets\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage case\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard drills and screwdrivers using a suitable bit holder or adapter \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1829\" data-end=\"2186\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1829\" data-end=\"1858\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis set is recommended for DIY users and regular home users who want a practical mixed kit for fastening, assembly and maintenance tasks. The PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® torsion screwdriver bit and socket set is especially suitable for users looking for a compact case with both bits and sockets instead of separate accessory boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2188\" data-end=\"2540\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2188\" data-end=\"2205\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2206\" data-end=\"2213\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Mixed bit and socket format in one case\u003cbr\u003e▸ Torsion design helps manage torque stress\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact storage for organised transport\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for a wide range of general fastening tasks\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2397\" data-end=\"2405\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Exact profile coverage may not suit every specialised application\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended more for general-purpose use than heavy specialist work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2542\" data-end=\"2959\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2542\" data-end=\"2569\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® torsion screwdriver bit and socket set is a practical general-use accessory kit for common screwdriving and fastening jobs. Its main strengths are the combined bit and socket layout, torsion-oriented design and compact storage case, while its scope remains focused on everyday DIY rather than highly specialised applications. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2961\" data-end=\"3090\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2961\" data-end=\"2968\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2969\" data-end=\"3017\"\u003eDoes this set include both bits and sockets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This version is presented as a combined torsion bit and socket set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3092\" data-end=\"3250\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3092\" data-end=\"3150\"\u003eIs it compatible with a standard cordless screwdriver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is intended for drills and screwdrivers that use a standard bit holder or suitable adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3252\" data-end=\"3408\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3252\" data-end=\"3292\"\u003eWhat is the benefit of torsion bits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are designed to absorb part of the torque stress during screwdriving, which can help reduce strain on the bit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside Performance®","offers":[{"title":"twisting screw","offer_id":46589398843734,"sku":"100363135001","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Torque screwing and sockets","offer_id":46589398876502,"sku":"100363135002","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpcba483af22bd440e9d29e909204eaa44.jpg?v=1683804566"},{"product_id":"set-9-scies-cloches-parkside-bimetal-carbure","title":"PARKSIDE® 9-piece bi-metal or carbide hole saw set","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"52\" data-end=\"262\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"52\" data-end=\"74\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 9-piece bi-metal or carbide hole saw set is a drilling accessory set designed for making circular holes in different materials, with two variants depending on the reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"264\" data-end=\"480\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"264\" data-end=\"280\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 9-piece hole saw set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available as bi-metal or carbide version\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for different materials depending on the variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for precise circular drilling\u003cbr\u003e▸ For use with compatible drills\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"482\" data-end=\"717\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"482\" data-end=\"517\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 9-piece bi-metal or carbide hole saw set is mounted on a compatible drill using a suitable holder. During rotation, each hole saw cuts a clean circular opening in the selected material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"719\" data-end=\"993\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"719\" data-end=\"752\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: hole saw set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Number of pieces: 9\u003cbr\u003e▸ Material: bi-metal or carbide, depending on variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: circular hole drilling\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: drills with suitable chuck\u003cbr\u003e▸ Commercial references: 100380300 \/ Not specified\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"995\" data-end=\"1143\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"995\" data-end=\"1035\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 9 hole saws\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard drills\u003cbr\u003e▸ Exact contents depend on the version, bi-metal or carbide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1145\" data-end=\"1368\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1145\" data-end=\"1174\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 9-piece bi-metal or carbide hole saw set is recommended for DIY users and anyone needing precise circular holes in wood, metal or other materials, depending on the chosen variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1370\" data-end=\"1630\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1370\" data-end=\"1387\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1388\" data-end=\"1395\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Complete 9-piece set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Two versions for different material needs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for precise circular drilling\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with common drills\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1536\" data-end=\"1544\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Performance depends on the selected version\u003cbr\u003e▸ Detailed dimensions are not specified\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1632\" data-end=\"1895\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1632\" data-end=\"1659\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis set is a practical solution for circular drilling tasks. The choice between bi-metal and carbide versions allows the user to match the accessory to the material, although the detailed specifications depend on the selected variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1897\" data-end=\"2077\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1897\" data-end=\"1904\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1905\" data-end=\"1957\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the two versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bi-metal version is generally intended for wood and metal, while the carbide version is suited to harder materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2079\" data-end=\"2142\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2079\" data-end=\"2112\"\u003eHow many pieces are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe set includes 9 hole saws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2144\" data-end=\"2240\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2144\" data-end=\"2181\"\u003eIs it compatible with all drills?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is compatible with drills fitted with a suitable chuck.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Bimetallic","offer_id":46590436933974,"sku":"100348568002","price":9.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hard metal","offer_id":46590436966742,"sku":"100348568001","price":9.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpa49c8f0c24894a46ba2fbeabc5402b7b.jpg?v=1683832482"},{"product_id":"parkside-set-pince-denuder-sertir-automatique-pczs-231-c2","title":"PARKSIDE® Automatic Wire Stripper and Crimping Set PCZS 231 C2","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"64\" data-end=\"333\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"64\" data-end=\"86\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"86\" data-end=\"89\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Automatic Wire Stripper and Crimping Set PCZS 231 C2 is a manual electrical tool kit designed for cable preparation and connector crimping. It includes an automatic stripping and crimping tool with assorted electrical accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"335\" data-end=\"583\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"335\" data-end=\"351\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"351\" data-end=\"354\"\u003e▸ Automatic wire stripping function\u003cbr data-start=\"389\" data-end=\"392\"\u003e▸ Crimping function for electrical connectors\u003cbr data-start=\"437\" data-end=\"440\"\u003e▸ Ergonomic handles\u003cbr data-start=\"459\" data-end=\"462\"\u003e▸ Suitable for standard electrical wiring\u003cbr data-start=\"503\" data-end=\"506\"\u003e▸ Assorted terminals and connectors included\u003cbr data-start=\"550\" data-end=\"553\"\u003e▸ Compact multifunction design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"585\" data-end=\"872\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"585\" data-end=\"620\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"620\" data-end=\"623\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Automatic Wire Stripper and Crimping Set PCZS 231 C2 removes cable insulation without damaging the internal conductor. The crimping function allows secure attachment of connectors and terminals for electrical repairs and installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"874\" data-end=\"1113\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"874\" data-end=\"907\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"907\" data-end=\"910\"\u003e▸ Model: PCZS 231 C2\u003cbr data-start=\"930\" data-end=\"933\"\u003e▸ Type: automatic wire stripper and crimping tool\u003cbr data-start=\"982\" data-end=\"985\"\u003e▸ Application: electrical wiring\u003cbr data-start=\"1017\" data-end=\"1020\"\u003e▸ Main materials: metal and plastic\u003cbr data-start=\"1055\" data-end=\"1058\"\u003e▸ Operation: manual\u003cbr data-start=\"1077\" data-end=\"1080\"\u003e▸ Commercial reference: 100392286\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1115\" data-end=\"1314\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1115\" data-end=\"1155\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1155\" data-end=\"1158\"\u003e▸ 1 crimping tool\u003cbr data-start=\"1175\" data-end=\"1178\"\u003e▸ 60 terminals\u003cbr data-start=\"1192\" data-end=\"1195\"\u003e▸ 30 flat ferrules\u003cbr data-start=\"1213\" data-end=\"1216\"\u003e▸ 30 flat connectors\u003cbr data-start=\"1236\" data-end=\"1239\"\u003e▸ 20 connectors\u003cbr data-start=\"1254\" data-end=\"1257\"\u003e▸ 10 waterproof connectors\u003cbr data-start=\"1283\" data-end=\"1286\"\u003e▸ 50 assorted wire terminals\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1316\" data-end=\"1484\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1316\" data-end=\"1345\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1345\" data-end=\"1348\"\u003eSuitable for DIY users, hobby electricians and workshop users needing a practical tool set for basic electrical wiring and repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1486\" data-end=\"1731\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1486\" data-end=\"1503\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1503\" data-end=\"1506\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1506\" data-end=\"1513\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1513\" data-end=\"1516\"\u003e▸ Practical automatic operation\u003cbr data-start=\"1547\" data-end=\"1550\"\u003e▸ Wide range of included accessories\u003cbr data-start=\"1586\" data-end=\"1589\"\u003e▸ Easy to use\u003cbr data-start=\"1602\" data-end=\"1605\"\u003e▸ Compact and versatile kit\u003cbr data-start=\"1632\" data-end=\"1635\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1635\" data-end=\"1643\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1643\" data-end=\"1646\"\u003e▸ Not intended for heavy industrial use\u003cbr data-start=\"1685\" data-end=\"1688\"\u003e▸ Limited detailed technical data available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1733\" data-end=\"1955\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1733\" data-end=\"1760\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1760\" data-end=\"1763\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Automatic Wire Stripper and Crimping Set PCZS 231 C2 offers a practical solution for standard electrical work and cable preparation tasks with a useful assortment of accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1957\" data-end=\"2095\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1957\" data-end=\"1964\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1964\" data-end=\"1967\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1967\" data-end=\"2015\"\u003eCan this tool be used for automotive wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2015\" data-end=\"2018\"\u003eYes, it is suitable for common automotive electrical connections and repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2097\" data-end=\"2205\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2097\" data-end=\"2136\"\u003eAre connectors included in the kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2136\" data-end=\"2139\"\u003eYes, the set includes assorted connectors, terminals and ferrules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2207\" data-end=\"2289\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2207\" data-end=\"2245\"\u003eDoes the tool require electricity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2245\" data-end=\"2248\"\u003eNo, it is a fully manual mechanical tool.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46590915772758,"sku":"100360300","price":7.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcp9d2757ac4b4148f98624010dab271e92.png?v=1779375483"},{"product_id":"parkside-fil-acier-psds-c1-0-6-ou-0-8-mm","title":"PARKSIDE® Steel Wire PSDS C1 Ø 0.6 or 0.8 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"46\" data-end=\"262\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"46\" data-end=\"68\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Steel Wire PSDS C1 Ø 0.6 or 0.8 mm is a consumable for compatible welding machines. It is available in two diameters to suit different welding needs and metalworking applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"264\" data-end=\"494\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"264\" data-end=\"280\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Steel wire for welding\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with suitable welding equipment\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available in 0.6 mm or 0.8 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for repair and metal assembly work\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for workshop and DIY use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Ready-to-use spool\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"496\" data-end=\"825\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"496\" data-end=\"531\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Steel Wire PSDS C1 Ø 0.6 or 0.8 mm is used in a compatible welding machine to feed the welding material automatically. The 0.6 mm diameter is generally suited to more precise work on thinner metal, while the 0.8 mm version is used for applications requiring more filler material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"827\" data-end=\"1058\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"827\" data-end=\"860\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PSDS C1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: steel welding wire\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available diameters: 0.6 mm or 0.8 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: welding machines compatible with steel wire\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: welding and metal assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1060\" data-end=\"1189\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1060\" data-end=\"1100\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Spool of steel wire\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with welding machines suitable for PSDS C1 steel wire\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1191\" data-end=\"1364\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1191\" data-end=\"1220\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is recommended for welding machine users looking for steel wire for everyday welding tasks, whether in a workshop or for home DIY metalwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1366\" data-end=\"1642\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1366\" data-end=\"1383\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1384\" data-end=\"1391\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Two diameters available for different uses\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for everyday welding tasks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with various welding machines\u003cbr\u003e▸ Simple and practical to use\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1548\" data-end=\"1556\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires a compatible welding machine\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended only for metalworking applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1644\" data-end=\"1827\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1644\" data-end=\"1676\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStore the steel wire in a dry place to help reduce oxidation. Always check that the chosen diameter is compatible with the welding machine being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1829\" data-end=\"2059\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1829\" data-end=\"1856\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Steel Wire PSDS C1 Ø 0.6 or 0.8 mm is a practical consumable for everyday welding work. The two available diameters make it easier to adapt the wire to different metalworking applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2061\" data-end=\"2280\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2061\" data-end=\"2068\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2069\" data-end=\"2127\"\u003eWhat is the difference between 0.6 mm and 0.8 mm wire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 0.6 mm diameter is generally better suited to precise welding on thinner metal, while 0.8 mm provides more filler material for heavier applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2282\" data-end=\"2434\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2282\" data-end=\"2336\"\u003eIs this wire compatible with all welding machines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt should only be used with welding machines compatible with steel wire of the selected diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2436\" data-end=\"2537\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2436\" data-end=\"2473\"\u003eCan it be used for metal repairs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for common metal repair and assembly tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"0.8 mm","offer_id":46592919273814,"sku":"100405834","price":2.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.6 mm","offer_id":46592919306582,"sku":"100405840","price":2.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp648f287d65594ed7ab9c071414f35898.jpg?v=1683918982"},{"product_id":"set-disques-abrasifs-125-mm-parkside","title":"PARKSIDE® Abrasive Disc Set Ø 125 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"4591\" data-end=\"4820\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4591\" data-end=\"4613\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Abrasive Disc Set Ø 125 mm is designed for sanding applications on various surfaces using compatible 125 mm sanders. It is suitable for preparation and finishing work in domestic environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4822\" data-end=\"5027\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4822\" data-end=\"4838\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Abrasive discs for 125 mm sanders\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for sanding and finishing tasks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard sanding tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Versatile household use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical format for surface preparation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5029\" data-end=\"5230\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5029\" data-end=\"5064\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Abrasive Disc Set Ø 125 mm is used with compatible sanders to smooth surfaces, remove imperfections and prepare materials before painting or finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5232\" data-end=\"5395\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5232\" data-end=\"5265\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Product type: abrasive discs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Diameter: 125 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: sanding and finishing\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: 125 mm sanders\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5397\" data-end=\"5496\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5397\" data-end=\"5437\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompatible with sanding tools using 125 mm abrasive discs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5498\" data-end=\"5638\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5498\" data-end=\"5527\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecommended for DIY users looking for practical abrasive discs for general sanding and finishing applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5640\" data-end=\"5815\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5640\" data-end=\"5648\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Standard 125 mm size\u003cbr\u003e▸ Easy to use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for multiple surfaces\u003cbr\u003e▸ Broad compatibility\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5741\" data-end=\"5749\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Limited to 125 mm tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Technical details not fully specified\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5817\" data-end=\"5996\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5817\" data-end=\"5844\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Abrasive Disc Set Ø 125 mm is a practical option for standard sanding tasks requiring compatibility with common 125 mm sanding equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5998\" data-end=\"6114\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5998\" data-end=\"6005\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6006\" data-end=\"6054\"\u003eAre these discs compatible with all sanders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are compatible with sanders designed for 125 mm discs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6116\" data-end=\"6216\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6116\" data-end=\"6154\"\u003eCan they be used on wood surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they are suitable for general wood sanding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6218\" data-end=\"6300\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6218\" data-end=\"6258\"\u003eIs a sander included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, only the abrasive discs are included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46680808849750,"sku":"100359086","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcp259c9ef184b240c891133c2cf8e54baf_1.jpg?v=1686175963"},{"product_id":"jeu-couronnes-percage-parkside-pbks-6-a1-sds-plus-82-68-mm","title":"PARKSIDE® PBKS 6 A1 SDS Plus Core Drill Bit Set 82 and 68 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"62\" data-end=\"424\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"62\" data-end=\"84\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBKS 6 A1 SDS Plus Core Drill Bit Set 82 and 68 mm is a 6-piece set designed for making large circular holes in stone, brick and lightweight concrete. It combines two common drilling diameters with SDS Plus and hexagonal connection options, making it suitable for installation and renovation work with compatible power tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"426\" data-end=\"741\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"426\" data-end=\"442\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 6-piece set for large-diameter drilling\u003cbr\u003e▸ Includes 82 mm and 68 mm core drill bits\u003cbr\u003e▸ SDS Plus and hex shank connection options\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for stone, brick and lightweight concrete\u003cbr\u003e▸ Carbon steel construction\u003cbr\u003e▸ Includes centring drills and adapters\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended for installation and renovation tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"743\" data-end=\"1106\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"743\" data-end=\"778\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBKS 6 A1 SDS Plus Core Drill Bit Set 82 and 68 mm is used with a compatible rotary hammer to create neat circular openings in mineral building materials. The centring drills help guide the cut at the start, while the two included sizes are useful for electrical boxes, pipe routes and similar technical openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1108\" data-end=\"1444\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1108\" data-end=\"1141\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PBKS 6 A1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Product type: 6-piece core drill bit set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Core drill diameters: approx. 82 mm and 68 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Number of teeth: 8 \/ 6\u003cbr\u003e▸ Drilling depth: approx. 50 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum rated speed: 320 rpm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Connection: SDS Plus \/ hex shank\u003cbr\u003e▸ Material: carbon steel\u003cbr\u003e▸ Weight: approx. 2.03 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1446\" data-end=\"1703\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1446\" data-end=\"1486\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 core drill bit approx. 82 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 core drill bit approx. 68 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 hex shank adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 SDS Plus adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2 centring drills\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with suitable SDS Plus rotary hammers and tools using the supplied adapter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1705\" data-end=\"2043\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1705\" data-end=\"1734\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis set is recommended for installers, renovators and experienced DIY users who need to drill large-diameter holes in masonry materials. The PARKSIDE® PBKS 6 A1 SDS Plus Core Drill Bit Set 82 and 68 mm is particularly relevant for electrical installation work, conduit passages and general renovation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2045\" data-end=\"2371\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2045\" data-end=\"2062\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2063\" data-end=\"2070\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Two practical diameters for installation work\u003cbr\u003e▸ SDS Plus and hex connection flexibility\u003cbr\u003e▸ Centring drills included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for common masonry materials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2228\" data-end=\"2236\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended for specific drilling tasks rather than general use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not designed for standard drill chucks without suitable compatibility\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2373\" data-end=\"2726\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2373\" data-end=\"2400\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBKS 6 A1 SDS Plus Core Drill Bit Set 82 and 68 mm is a focused accessory set for large-diameter drilling in mineral construction materials. Its main strengths are the useful size combination, the included accessories and the adaptable connection system, while its use remains specialised rather than universal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2728\" data-end=\"2859\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2728\" data-end=\"2735\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2736\" data-end=\"2775\"\u003eWhat sizes are included in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe set includes two core drill bits with approximate diameters of 82 mm and 68 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2861\" data-end=\"3012\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2861\" data-end=\"2901\"\u003eIs it suitable for a standard drill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is primarily intended for compatible SDS Plus tools or for use with the supplied adapter where appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3014\" data-end=\"3175\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3014\" data-end=\"3051\"\u003eWhat materials can it be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for stone, brick and lightweight concrete for large circular drilling applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46684736553302,"sku":"100362285","price":9.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp43d7519b9bb54a36a16cdf554c7c66c7.jpg?v=1686257611"},{"product_id":"set-de-couronnes-de-forage-parkside-127-117-65-52-mm-accessoires","title":"PARKSIDE® hole saw set diameters 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm, 52 mm and accessories","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"c-8\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"space p-tb\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"79\" data-end=\"640\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"79\" data-end=\"101\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® hole saw set diameters 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm, 52 mm and accessories is a tooling kit designed to create large circular cut-outs in compatible materials according to the type of hole saw used. This set combines several common diameters with mounting and centring accessories to support more accurate drilling work in DIY applications. The PARKSIDE® hole saw set diameters 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm, 52 mm and accessories is intended for tasks that require neat openings for technical passages, installations or circular cut-outs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"642\" data-end=\"1035\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"642\" data-end=\"658\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hole saw set with several practical diameter options\u003cbr\u003e▸ Included diameters of 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm and 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for large-format circular drilling\u003cbr\u003e▸ Includes accessories for mounting and use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for DIY and installation work\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical kit format with several sizes in one set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended for clean and targeted cut-outs depending on the material being worked\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1037\" data-end=\"1674\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1037\" data-end=\"1072\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® hole saw set diameters 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm, 52 mm and accessories is mounted on a compatible drilling tool to cut a circular opening through rotational movement. The hole saw cuts around the outer edge of the material, which allows a precise diameter to be achieved while limiting material removal in the centre. This type of set is suitable for creating openings for conduits, ducts, boxes, installation elements or technical passages in compatible surfaces. The chosen diameter depends on the intended application and on compatibility between the hole saw, the tool and the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1676\" data-end=\"2053\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1676\" data-end=\"1709\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: hole saw set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Included diameters: 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm, 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: circular drilling and technical opening cut-outs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Configuration: multiple hole saws with accessories\u003cbr\u003e▸ Application: DIY, installation and targeted drilling work\u003cbr\u003e▸ Mounting: on a compatible drilling tool\u003cbr\u003e▸ Diameter selection: according to the required opening size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2055\" data-end=\"2417\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2055\" data-end=\"2095\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hole saws in multiple diameters\u003cbr\u003e▸ Mounting and operating accessories according to the kit configuration\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility to be checked with the host tool and the intended fixing system\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended for use on materials compatible with this type of hole saw\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for circular drilling applications in DIY environments\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2419\" data-end=\"2926\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2419\" data-end=\"2448\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® hole saw set diameters 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm, 52 mm and accessories is recommended for users who need to create different types of circular openings without buying each size separately. It suits DIY users carrying out installation work, fitting tasks or technical passage preparation on compatible materials. It is less suitable for those looking for only one specific diameter or for equipment intended for intensive professional use on very demanding materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2928\" data-end=\"3240\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2928\" data-end=\"2945\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePro\u003cbr\u003e▸ Several diameters included in one set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for large circular cut-out work\u003cbr\u003e▸ Includes useful accessories for mounting\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical solution for varied installation tasks\u003cbr\u003eCons\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility must be checked with the tool being used\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use depends on the type of material being drilled\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3242\" data-end=\"3754\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3242\" data-end=\"3269\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® hole saw set diameters 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm, 52 mm and accessories is a coherent solution for circular drilling work that requires several sizes in a single kit. Its main strength lies in the range of included diameters and its suitability for common technical and DIY applications. Its main limitations are the need to verify compatibility with both the tool and the material, but for versatile domestic use this set provides a practical and structured starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3756\" data-end=\"3988\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3756\" data-end=\"3763\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhat diameters are included in the PARKSIDE® hole saw set diameters 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm, 52 mm and accessories?\u003cbr\u003eThe set includes hole saws in 127 mm, 117 mm, 65 mm and 52 mm sizes, covering several circular drilling needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3990\" data-end=\"4183\"\u003eWhat is a hole saw set like this PARKSIDE® model used for?\u003cbr\u003eIt is used to create precise circular openings for technical passages, installation work or targeted cut-outs in compatible materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4185\" data-end=\"4386\"\u003eIs this PARKSIDE® hole saw set compatible with all drills?\u003cbr\u003eNo, compatibility depends on the fixing system, the power of the tool and the intended application. These points should be checked before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46684846063958,"sku":"100352260","price":35.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp9e2a63d60e224f75a570935dc4528432_1.jpg?v=1686260123"},{"product_id":"parkside-vanne-repartition-raccords-pneumatiques-lubrificateur-air-comprime","title":"PARKSIDE® Distribution Valve, Pneumatic Connector Set and Compressed Air Lubricator","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"85\" data-end=\"304\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"85\" data-end=\"107\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Distribution Valve, Pneumatic Connector Set and Compressed Air Lubricator is a set of accessories designed for compressed air systems with compatible compressors and pneumatic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"306\" data-end=\"582\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"306\" data-end=\"322\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Accessory set for compressed air systems\u003cbr\u003e▸ Distribution valve for organising air supply\u003cbr\u003e▸ Pneumatic connectors for linking equipment\u003cbr\u003e▸ Lubricator for compatible pneumatic tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for workshop and DIY use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for compatible pneumatic circuits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"584\" data-end=\"848\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"584\" data-end=\"619\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Distribution Valve, Pneumatic Connector Set and Compressed Air Lubricator helps structure a compressed air circuit, connect multiple pieces of equipment and provide suitable lubrication for certain pneumatic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"850\" data-end=\"1098\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"850\" data-end=\"883\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: compressed air accessories\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: distribution, connection and lubrication\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: compatible compressors and pneumatic tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Applications: workshop, DIY, pneumatic maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1100\" data-end=\"1276\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1100\" data-end=\"1140\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compressed air distribution valve\u003cbr\u003e▸ Pneumatic connector set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compressed air lubricator\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with suitable pneumatic circuits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1278\" data-end=\"1474\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1278\" data-end=\"1307\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is recommended for users of compressors and pneumatic tools who want to organise their compressed air system more effectively and make accessory connection easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1476\" data-end=\"1757\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1476\" data-end=\"1493\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1494\" data-end=\"1501\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Helps organise the pneumatic circuit\u003cbr\u003e▸ Makes it easier to connect several tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Lubricator supports compatible pneumatic tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for workshop and DIY use\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1669\" data-end=\"1677\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires a compatible compressor\u003cbr\u003e▸ Limited usefulness without pneumatic tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1759\" data-end=\"1945\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1759\" data-end=\"1791\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo battery is required. For the lubricator, use only oil suitable for pneumatic tools and regularly check the condition of the compressed air connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1947\" data-end=\"2220\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1947\" data-end=\"1974\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Distribution Valve, Pneumatic Connector Set and Compressed Air Lubricator is a practical accessory set for completing a compressed air installation. It is mainly suitable for users who already have a compressor and pneumatic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2222\" data-end=\"2361\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2222\" data-end=\"2229\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2230\" data-end=\"2274\"\u003eWhat is the distribution valve used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is used to distribute compressed air to multiple compatible outlets or accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2363\" data-end=\"2501\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2363\" data-end=\"2416\"\u003eIs the lubricator useful for all pneumatic tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is mainly useful for tools that require internal lubrication through the airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2503\" data-end=\"2632\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2503\" data-end=\"2550\"\u003eIs this set suitable for home workshop use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can be suitable for a DIY workshop equipped with a compatible compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Compressed air lubricator","offer_id":47074479407446,"sku":"100360643004","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"4-way distribution valve","offer_id":47074479735126,"sku":"100360643001","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2-way distribution valve","offer_id":47074479767894,"sku":"100360643002","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pneumatic fitting set","offer_id":47074479800662,"sku":"100360643003","price":5.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpc12baee57c9f4fcca1c23e0e9c8985d7.jpg?v=1696503425"},{"product_id":"parkside-casquette-de-protection-anti-heurt","title":"PARKSIDE® Anti-Bump Safety Cap","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"4858\" data-end=\"5122\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4858\" data-end=\"4880\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Anti-Bump Safety Cap is a lightweight protective cap designed to reduce superficial injuries caused by minor impacts against fixed objects. The PARKSIDE® Anti-Bump Safety Cap combines discreet protection with EN 812 compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5124\" data-end=\"5326\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5124\" data-end=\"5140\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated hard shell\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable size 58–62 cm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Side ventilation openings\u003cbr\u003e▸ Baseball cap design\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cotton outer fabric\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available in Grey, Black, Orange or Green\u003cbr\u003e▸ EN 812 compliant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5328\" data-end=\"5512\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5328\" data-end=\"5363\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe internal shell absorbs part of minor impacts during contact with fixed obstacles. It is suitable for light DIY, maintenance and gardening tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5514\" data-end=\"5735\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5514\" data-end=\"5547\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Product type: anti-bump cap\u003cbr\u003e▸ Standard: EN 812\u003cbr\u003e▸ Head size: 58–62 cm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustment: hook-and-loop fastening\u003cbr\u003e▸ Outer material: 100% cotton\u003cbr\u003e▸ Lining: polyester\u003cbr\u003e▸ Ventilation: side openings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5737\" data-end=\"5858\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5737\" data-end=\"5777\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ No specific accessories included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with 58–62 cm head circumference\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5860\" data-end=\"6037\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5860\" data-end=\"5889\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Anti-Bump Safety Cap is suitable for users needing discreet head protection for light-duty environments without falling object risks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6039\" data-end=\"6236\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6039\" data-end=\"6056\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6057\" data-end=\"6064\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Lightweight and discreet design\u003cbr\u003e▸ Easy size adjustment\u003cbr\u003e▸ Good airflow\u003cbr\u003e▸ EN 812 certified\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6156\" data-end=\"6164\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not a replacement for a hard hat\u003cbr\u003e▸ Limited to minor impact protection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6238\" data-end=\"6423\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6238\" data-end=\"6265\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Anti-Bump Safety Cap is a practical option for users seeking comfortable and lightweight protection during light maintenance or DIY activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6425\" data-end=\"6537\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6425\" data-end=\"6432\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6433\" data-end=\"6474\"\u003eCan it replace a construction helmet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is not designed for protection against falling objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6539\" data-end=\"6616\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6539\" data-end=\"6570\"\u003eWhat head size does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt fits head circumferences from 58 to 62 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6618\" data-end=\"6686\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6618\" data-end=\"6650\"\u003eDoes it include ventilation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Side openings improve airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":47364667507030,"sku":"100367253003","price":8.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":47364667474262,"sku":"100367253002","price":8.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":47364667539798,"sku":"100367253004","price":8.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":47364667572566,"sku":"100367253001","price":8.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp8a26e52b818e4a9c95e5f3f2c710fb65.jpg?v=1702156728"},{"product_id":"lot-2-chaines-rechange-tronconneuse-parkside","title":"PARKSIDE® Set of 2 Replacement Chains for Chainsaw","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"52\" data-end=\"320\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"52\" data-end=\"74\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Set of 2 Replacement Chains for Chainsaw is an accessory designed to replace worn or damaged chains on compatible chainsaws. It helps maintain efficient cutting performance during pruning, wood cutting and garden maintenance tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"322\" data-end=\"672\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"322\" data-end=\"338\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Set including 2 replacement chains\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for compatible PARKSIDE® chainsaws\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available in different sizes depending on guide bar length\u003cbr\u003e▸ Chain profiles depending on variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Chain pitch depending on variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Number of drive links depending on variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for wood cutting tasks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maintenance accessory for chainsaws\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"674\" data-end=\"981\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"674\" data-end=\"709\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Set of 2 Replacement Chains for Chainsaw is installed on the compatible guide bar of the chainsaw to replace a worn, blunt or damaged chain. A properly maintained chain improves cutting quality, reduces strain on the tool and contributes to safer operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"983\" data-end=\"1416\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"983\" data-end=\"1016\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: replacement chains for chainsaw\u003cbr\u003e▸ Contents: 2 chains\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available sizes: 8\", 10\", 12\", 14\", 16\", 18\"\u003cbr\u003e▸ Drive link thickness: 1.1 mm or 1.3 mm depending on variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Chain profile: semi-chisel or full-chisel depending on variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Chain pitch: 3\/8\", 0.325\" or 0.3\" depending on variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Number of drive links: 28 to 72 depending on variant\u003cbr\u003e▸ Commercial reference: 100393201\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1418\" data-end=\"1666\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1418\" data-end=\"1458\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2 chainsaw chains included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with selected PARKSIDE® chainsaw models\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility depends on guide bar length, pitch, thickness and number of drive links\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger: Not applicable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1668\" data-end=\"1950\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1668\" data-end=\"1697\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis set is recommended for PARKSIDE® chainsaw users who need replacement chains for regular maintenance of their tool. It is suitable for gardening, pruning and wood cutting work when the selected variant matches the chainsaw guide bar specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"2234\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"1969\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1970\" data-end=\"1978\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical set of two chains\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available in multiple sizes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Helps maintain efficient cutting performance\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for compatible PARKSIDE® chainsaws\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2132\" data-end=\"2140\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility must be checked before purchase\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires regular sharpening and lubrication\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2236\" data-end=\"2517\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2236\" data-end=\"2268\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBefore use, it is important to check the correct chain tension, lubrication and exact compatibility with the guide bar. Using chainsaw chain oil and sharpening the chain regularly helps maintain clean cutting performance and reduces premature wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2519\" data-end=\"2825\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2519\" data-end=\"2546\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Set of 2 Replacement Chains for Chainsaw is a useful consumable for maintaining the performance of a compatible chainsaw. Choosing the correct variant is essential, as the length, pitch, thickness and number of drive links must match the chainsaw model being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2827\" data-end=\"2965\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2827\" data-end=\"2834\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2835\" data-end=\"2896\"\u003eAre these chains compatible with all PARKSIDE® chainsaws?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, compatibility depends on the guide bar and chain specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2967\" data-end=\"3039\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2967\" data-end=\"3000\"\u003eHow many chains are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe set includes 2 replacement chains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3041\" data-end=\"3161\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3041\" data-end=\"3088\"\u003eWhat should be checked before installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou should check the length, pitch, thickness and number of drive links.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"8\"","offer_id":47386278330710,"sku":"100365581006","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10\"","offer_id":47386278363478,"sku":"100365581001","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12\"","offer_id":47386278396246,"sku":"100365581002","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"14\" - 1.1mm","offer_id":47386278429014,"sku":"100365581005","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"14\" - 1.3mm","offer_id":47386278461782,"sku":"100365581008","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"16\" - 1.1mm","offer_id":47386278494550,"sku":"100365581003","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"16\" - 1.3mm","offer_id":47386278527318,"sku":"100365581007","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"18\"","offer_id":47386278560086,"sku":"100365581004","price":3.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp829a7614498f4e628292a833d6eb9748.jpg?v=1702623086"},{"product_id":"parkside-performance-lame-de-scie-sabre","title":"PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Reciprocating Saw Blade","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"47\" data-end=\"336\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"47\" data-end=\"69\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Reciprocating Saw Blade is a replacement blade with a universal 1\/2\" shank designed for compatible reciprocating saws. It is available in several specialised versions for cutting wood, wood with nails, metal, brick and lightweight concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"338\" data-end=\"698\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"338\" data-end=\"354\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Universal 1\/2\" shank\u003cbr\u003e▸ Multiple versions for different materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Options for wood, wood with nails, metal and light masonry\u003cbr\u003e▸ Tooth configuration adapted to each application\u003cbr\u003e▸ Different lengths depending on the selected model\u003cbr\u003e▸ Replacement accessory for compatible reciprocating saws\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for renovation, demolition and cutting tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"700\" data-end=\"1031\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"700\" data-end=\"735\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Reciprocating Saw Blade fits into the blade holder of a compatible reciprocating saw using the standard 1\/2\" shank. Each version is designed for a specific material to provide more suitable cutting performance whether working with wood, metal or construction materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1033\" data-end=\"1706\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1033\" data-end=\"1066\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Mounting type: universal 1\/2\" shank\u003cbr\u003e▸ 304 mm for wood\u003cbr\u003e▸ 228 mm for wood with nails\u003cbr\u003e▸ 150 mm for metal\u003cbr\u003e▸ 304 mm for brick and concrete\u003cbr\u003e▸ Wood blade working length: 280 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Wood with nails blade working length: 203 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Metal blade working length: 127 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brick and concrete blade working length: 260 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Wood blade tooth pitch: 3 TPI\u003cbr\u003e▸ Wood with nails blade tooth pitch: 6 TPI\u003cbr\u003e▸ Metal blade tooth pitch: 8 TPI\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brick and concrete blade tooth pitch: 2 TPI\u003cbr\u003e▸ Blade thickness for wood, wood with nails and metal: 1.25 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Blade thickness for brick and concrete: 2.3 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Available model: Wood, Wood with Nails, Metal, Brick and Concrete\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1708\" data-end=\"1942\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1708\" data-end=\"1748\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reciprocating saw blade\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reciprocating saw not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with reciprocating saws using a universal 1\/2\" blade mount\u003cbr\u003e▸ Version must be selected according to the material being cut\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1944\" data-end=\"2209\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1944\" data-end=\"1973\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis product is recommended for reciprocating saw users looking for a blade matched to a specific material. The PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Reciprocating Saw Blade is suitable for DIY, renovation, demolition and general cutting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2211\" data-end=\"2527\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2211\" data-end=\"2228\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2229\" data-end=\"2237\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Multiple specialised blade versions available\u003cbr\u003e▸ Universal 1\/2\" shank for broad compatibility\u003cbr\u003e▸ Tooth design optimised for different materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Includes options for masonry applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2426\" data-end=\"2434\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Each blade is intended for a specific use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Correct model selection is required before use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2529\" data-end=\"2860\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2529\" data-end=\"2556\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Reciprocating Saw Blade is a practical accessory for adapting a reciprocating saw to different cutting applications. Its range of specialised versions allows users to select a blade that better matches the material being worked on, improving efficiency and cutting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2862\" data-end=\"3033\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2862\" data-end=\"2869\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2870\" data-end=\"2927\"\u003eIs this blade compatible with all reciprocating saws?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt uses a universal 1\/2\" shank and is compatible with many reciprocating saws designed for this standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3035\" data-end=\"3149\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3035\" data-end=\"3068\"\u003eWhich versions are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVersions are available for wood, wood with nails, metal, and brick and concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3151\" data-end=\"3302\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3151\" data-end=\"3208\"\u003eWhich blade should be used for wood containing nails?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 228 mm version for wood with nails is specifically designed for this type of application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside Performance®","offers":[{"title":"304 mm for wood","offer_id":47389437460822,"sku":"100368889001","price":5.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"228 mm for wood with nails","offer_id":47389437493590,"sku":"100368889002","price":5.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 mm for metal","offer_id":47389437526358,"sku":"100368889003","price":5.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"304 mm for brick and concrete","offer_id":47389437559126,"sku":"100368889004","price":5.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp0e37dbd093f64b00aaf861c2903b15f0.jpg?v=1702692074"},{"product_id":"camera-inspection-parkside-pkik-4-3-a2","title":"PARKSIDE® PKIK 4.3 A2 Inspection Camera","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"41\" data-end=\"354\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"41\" data-end=\"63\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"63\" data-end=\"66\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PKIK 4.3 A2 Inspection Camera is a portable tool designed for visual inspection in hard-to-reach areas, using a flexible probe and an integrated 4.3-inch screen. The PARKSIDE® PKIK 4.3 A2 Inspection Camera allows real-time viewing inside pipes, cavities and enclosed spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"356\" data-end=\"629\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"356\" data-end=\"372\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"372\" data-end=\"375\"\u003e▸ 4.3-inch colour LCD screen\u003cbr data-start=\"403\" data-end=\"406\"\u003e▸ Flexible probe with integrated camera\u003cbr data-start=\"445\" data-end=\"448\"\u003e▸ Adjustable LED lighting\u003cbr data-start=\"473\" data-end=\"476\"\u003e▸ Photo and video recording function\u003cbr data-start=\"512\" data-end=\"515\"\u003e▸ Waterproof camera head suitable for damp environments\u003cbr data-start=\"570\" data-end=\"573\"\u003e▸ Simple, intuitive controls\u003cbr data-start=\"601\" data-end=\"604\"\u003e▸ Portable cordless use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"631\" data-end=\"899\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"631\" data-end=\"666\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"666\" data-end=\"669\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PKIK 4.3 A2 Inspection Camera works by inserting the camera probe into areas that are difficult to see directly. The image is shown live on the screen, helping identify blockages, leaks or defects in confined spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"901\" data-end=\"1234\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"901\" data-end=\"934\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"934\" data-end=\"937\"\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr data-start=\"955\" data-end=\"958\"\u003e▸ Model: PKIK 4.3 A2\u003cbr data-start=\"978\" data-end=\"981\"\u003e▸ Screen: 4.3\" LCD\u003cbr data-start=\"999\" data-end=\"1002\"\u003e▸ Display resolution: Not specified\u003cbr data-start=\"1037\" data-end=\"1040\"\u003e▸ Probe length: approx. 1 m\u003cbr data-start=\"1067\" data-end=\"1070\"\u003e▸ Camera head diameter: approx. 8 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1106\" data-end=\"1109\"\u003e▸ Lighting: adjustable integrated LEDs\u003cbr data-start=\"1147\" data-end=\"1150\"\u003e▸ Camera protection rating: IP67\u003cbr data-start=\"1182\" data-end=\"1185\"\u003e▸ Power supply: integrated rechargeable battery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1236\" data-end=\"1438\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1236\" data-end=\"1276\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1276\" data-end=\"1279\"\u003e▸ Probe with integrated camera\u003cbr data-start=\"1309\" data-end=\"1312\"\u003e▸ Charging cable\u003cbr data-start=\"1328\" data-end=\"1331\"\u003e▸ Inspection accessories: hook, magnet and mirror\u003cbr data-start=\"1380\" data-end=\"1383\"\u003e▸ Suitable for inspecting pipes, engines and cavities\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1440\" data-end=\"1644\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1440\" data-end=\"1469\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1469\" data-end=\"1472\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PKIK 4.3 A2 Inspection Camera is recommended for DIY users, technicians and home users who need to inspect hard-to-reach areas without dismantling components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1646\" data-end=\"1902\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1646\" data-end=\"1663\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1663\" data-end=\"1666\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1666\" data-end=\"1673\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1673\" data-end=\"1676\"\u003e▸ Integrated screen for direct viewing\u003cbr data-start=\"1714\" data-end=\"1717\"\u003e▸ Flexible probe for narrow spaces\u003cbr data-start=\"1751\" data-end=\"1754\"\u003e▸ Adjustable LED lighting\u003cbr data-start=\"1779\" data-end=\"1782\"\u003e▸ Useful photo and video recording\u003cbr data-start=\"1816\" data-end=\"1819\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1819\" data-end=\"1827\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1827\" data-end=\"1830\"\u003e▸ Image resolution not specified\u003cbr data-start=\"1862\" data-end=\"1865\"\u003e▸ Runtime depends on battery charge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1904\" data-end=\"2071\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1904\" data-end=\"1936\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1936\" data-end=\"1939\"\u003eFully charge the battery before use. For longer inspection sessions, regular recharging is recommended to maintain stable operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2073\" data-end=\"2347\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2073\" data-end=\"2100\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2100\" data-end=\"2103\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PKIK 4.3 A2 Inspection Camera is a practical tool for visual inspection in areas that are difficult to access. Its integrated display, flexible probe and recording functions make it suitable for domestic and semi-professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2349\" data-end=\"2476\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2349\" data-end=\"2356\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2356\" data-end=\"2359\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2359\" data-end=\"2388\"\u003eIs the camera waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2388\" data-end=\"2391\"\u003eYes, the camera head is designed with IP67 protection for use in damp environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2478\" data-end=\"2562\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2478\" data-end=\"2514\"\u003eCan it record photos and videos?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2514\" data-end=\"2517\"\u003eYes, it supports photo and video recording.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2564\" data-end=\"2671\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2564\" data-end=\"2590\"\u003eHow long is the probe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2590\" data-end=\"2593\"\u003eThe probe is approximately 1 metre long, suitable for many inspection tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47626035036502,"sku":"100371993","price":29.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpd052730befb34e0bae674bcd12af408c.jpg?v=1707693409"},{"product_id":"projecteur-chantier-led-20w-parkside","title":"PARKSIDE® 20 W LED Worksite Floodlight","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"5899\" data-end=\"6152\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5899\" data-end=\"5921\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"5921\" data-end=\"5924\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 20 W LED Worksite Floodlight is designed for workshops, garages and renovation environments. The PARKSIDE® 20 W LED Worksite Floodlight provides strong and consistent illumination for indoor and outdoor work areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6154\" data-end=\"6390\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6154\" data-end=\"6170\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"6170\" data-end=\"6173\"\u003e▸ High-intensity LED lighting\u003cbr data-start=\"6202\" data-end=\"6205\"\u003e▸ 20 W power output\u003cbr data-start=\"6224\" data-end=\"6227\"\u003e▸ Durable worksite construction\u003cbr data-start=\"6258\" data-end=\"6261\"\u003e▸ Adjustable support stand\u003cbr data-start=\"6287\" data-end=\"6290\"\u003e▸ Integrated carrying handle\u003cbr data-start=\"6318\" data-end=\"6321\"\u003e▸ Suitable for workshop and outdoor use\u003cbr data-start=\"6360\" data-end=\"6363\"\u003e▸ Cool white light output\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6392\" data-end=\"6648\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6392\" data-end=\"6427\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"6427\" data-end=\"6430\"\u003eThis floodlight operates through electrical power and delivers focused illumination for maintenance, repair, DIY and construction activities. The adjustable stand allows flexible positioning depending on the work area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6650\" data-end=\"6877\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6650\" data-end=\"6683\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"6683\" data-end=\"6686\"\u003e▸ Product type: LED worksite floodlight\u003cbr data-start=\"6725\" data-end=\"6728\"\u003e▸ Power: 20 W\u003cbr data-start=\"6741\" data-end=\"6744\"\u003e▸ Lighting technology: LED\u003cbr data-start=\"6770\" data-end=\"6773\"\u003e▸ Light colour: cool white\u003cbr data-start=\"6799\" data-end=\"6802\"\u003e▸ Usage: indoor \/ outdoor\u003cbr data-start=\"6827\" data-end=\"6830\"\u003e▸ Adjustable stand: yes\u003cbr data-start=\"6853\" data-end=\"6856\"\u003e▸ Carry handle: yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6879\" data-end=\"7020\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6879\" data-end=\"6919\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"6919\" data-end=\"6922\"\u003e▸ Integrated support stand\u003cbr data-start=\"6948\" data-end=\"6951\"\u003e▸ Carrying handle\u003cbr data-start=\"6968\" data-end=\"6971\"\u003e▸ Suitable for workshop and garage applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7022\" data-end=\"7158\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7022\" data-end=\"7051\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7051\" data-end=\"7054\"\u003eRecommended for DIY users, mechanics, tradespeople and anyone needing portable high-power work lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7160\" data-end=\"7407\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7160\" data-end=\"7177\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7177\" data-end=\"7180\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7180\" data-end=\"7187\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7187\" data-end=\"7190\"\u003e▸ Powerful LED illumination\u003cbr data-start=\"7217\" data-end=\"7220\"\u003e▸ Robust construction\u003cbr data-start=\"7241\" data-end=\"7244\"\u003e▸ Easy to transport\u003cbr data-start=\"7263\" data-end=\"7266\"\u003e▸ Adjustable lighting angle\u003cbr data-start=\"7293\" data-end=\"7296\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7296\" data-end=\"7306\"\u003eContro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7306\" data-end=\"7309\"\u003e▸ Battery may not be included on cordless versions\u003cbr data-start=\"7359\" data-end=\"7362\"\u003e▸ Cool white light may feel intense indoors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7409\" data-end=\"7538\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7409\" data-end=\"7441\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7441\" data-end=\"7444\"\u003eFor cordless versions, compatible PARKSIDE® batteries are recommended for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7540\" data-end=\"7725\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7540\" data-end=\"7567\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7567\" data-end=\"7570\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 20 W LED Worksite Floodlight is a practical lighting solution for workshops and renovation tasks requiring portable and durable illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7727\" data-end=\"7849\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7727\" data-end=\"7734\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7734\" data-end=\"7737\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7737\" data-end=\"7777\"\u003eCan the floodlight be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7777\" data-end=\"7780\"\u003eYes, it is suitable for normal outdoor worksite and DIY environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7851\" data-end=\"7939\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7851\" data-end=\"7883\"\u003eDoes the light angle adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7883\" data-end=\"7886\"\u003eYes, the support stand allows adjustable positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7941\" data-end=\"8043\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7941\" data-end=\"7975\"\u003eIs it suitable for garage use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"7975\" data-end=\"7978\"\u003eYes, it is designed for garages, workshops and maintenance areas.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47740946514262,"sku":"100346094","price":9.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcpce24ad97d7994962ad37eb52f6f5a698.jpg?v=1710065715"},{"product_id":"parkside-projecteur-chantier-led-pbsk-20-a1","title":"PARKSIDE® PBSK 20 A1 LED work light","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"37\" data-end=\"260\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"37\" data-end=\"59\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBSK 20 A1 LED work light is a portable light designed for illuminating work areas indoors and outdoors. It provides strong lighting for building sites, workshops, garages and DIY tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"262\" data-end=\"511\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"262\" data-end=\"278\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ High-brightness LED work light\u003cbr\u003e▸ Powered by X 20V Team battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ Robust housing for worksite conditions\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable lamp head\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated carrying handle\u003cbr\u003e▸ Tripod-compatible depending on use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for indoor and outdoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"513\" data-end=\"775\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"513\" data-end=\"548\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBSK 20 A1 LED work light runs on a 20V PARKSIDE® battery. It is used to light work areas where mains power is not directly available, making it practical for repairs, renovation work and mobile jobsite lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"777\" data-end=\"1007\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"777\" data-end=\"810\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PBSK 20 A1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: LED work light\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power supply: 20V battery, not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: PARKSIDE® X 20V Team\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: indoor \/ outdoor\u003cbr\u003e▸ Housing: robust\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustment: tilting lamp head\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1009\" data-end=\"1180\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1009\" data-end=\"1049\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE® X 20V Team batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with chargers from the same range\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger not included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1182\" data-end=\"1358\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1182\" data-end=\"1211\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis work light is recommended for DIY users and anyone needing portable lighting for worksites, renovations, garages, workshops or outdoor tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1360\" data-end=\"1614\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1360\" data-end=\"1377\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1378\" data-end=\"1386\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Powerful lighting for work areas\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cordless operation with 20V battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ Robust structure suitable for jobsite use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable light direction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1533\" data-end=\"1541\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Runtime depends on the battery used\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1616\" data-end=\"1869\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1616\" data-end=\"1648\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PBSK 20 A1 LED work light requires a battery from the X 20V Team range. It is advisable to choose a battery capacity suited to the required lighting time and recharge it with a compatible PARKSIDE® charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1871\" data-end=\"2109\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1871\" data-end=\"1898\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis PARKSIDE® LED work light is a practical option for lighting work areas without direct mains access. Its X 20V Team compatibility and robust design make it suitable for domestic DIY and mobile worksite use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2111\" data-end=\"2196\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2111\" data-end=\"2118\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2119\" data-end=\"2147\"\u003eIs the battery included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the battery and charger are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2198\" data-end=\"2274\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2198\" data-end=\"2226\"\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is intended for indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2276\" data-end=\"2381\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2276\" data-end=\"2322\"\u003eIs it compatible with PARKSIDE® batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is compatible with PARKSIDE® X 20V Team batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47740984328534,"sku":"100362308","price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp307ed54758ab4eefa79e086b30d177b7.jpg?v=1710066136"},{"product_id":"led-pbbk-4-a1-parkside®-projecteur-de-chantier-a-led","title":"PARKSIDE® LED Worksite Floodlight PBBK 4 B1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"49\" data-end=\"71\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"49\" data-end=\"71\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"73\" data-end=\"329\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® LED Worksite Floodlight PBBK 4 B1 is a portable lighting solution designed for demanding work environments. Compact and durable, it delivers powerful and even illumination suitable for construction sites, workshops, garages and outdoor tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"331\" data-end=\"494\"\u003eThanks to its energy-efficient LED technology, the PARKSIDE® LED Worksite Floodlight PBBK 4 B1 ensures strong light output while maintaining low power consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"496\" data-end=\"512\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"496\" data-end=\"512\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"514\" data-end=\"705\"\u003e▸ High-efficiency LED technology\u003cbr data-start=\"546\" data-end=\"549\"\u003e▸ Powerful and uniform illumination\u003cbr data-start=\"584\" data-end=\"587\"\u003e▸ Robust housing suitable for worksites\u003cbr data-start=\"626\" data-end=\"629\"\u003e▸ Compact design for easy transport\u003cbr data-start=\"664\" data-end=\"667\"\u003e▸ Stable stand for floor positioning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"707\" data-end=\"742\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"707\" data-end=\"742\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"744\" data-end=\"879\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® LED Worksite Floodlight PBBK 4 B1 operates via an integrated LED module that emits bright white light across a wide area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"881\" data-end=\"1103\"\u003eIt is intended for temporary or permanent workspace lighting, including construction sites, renovation projects, workshops and outdoor jobs. The adjustable stand allows the light beam to be directed precisely where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1105\" data-end=\"1138\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1105\" data-end=\"1138\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1140\" data-end=\"1325\"\u003e▸ Model: PBBK 4 B1\u003cbr data-start=\"1158\" data-end=\"1161\"\u003e▸ Lighting technology: Integrated LED\u003cbr data-start=\"1198\" data-end=\"1201\"\u003e▸ Power supply: Mains powered\u003cbr data-start=\"1230\" data-end=\"1233\"\u003e▸ Suitable for: Indoor and outdoor use\u003cbr data-start=\"1271\" data-end=\"1274\"\u003e▸ Durable construction for demanding environments\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1327\" data-end=\"1367\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1327\" data-end=\"1367\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1369\" data-end=\"1447\"\u003e▸ Floodlight with integrated LED module\u003cbr data-start=\"1408\" data-end=\"1411\"\u003e▸ Adjustable stand\u003cbr data-start=\"1429\" data-end=\"1432\"\u003e▸ Power cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1449\" data-end=\"1478\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1449\" data-end=\"1478\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1480\" data-end=\"1547\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® LED Worksite Floodlight PBBK 4 B1 is recommended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1549\" data-end=\"1683\"\u003e▸ DIY enthusiasts\u003cbr data-start=\"1566\" data-end=\"1569\"\u003e▸ Construction professionals\u003cbr data-start=\"1597\" data-end=\"1600\"\u003e▸ Users requiring powerful temporary lighting\u003cbr data-start=\"1645\" data-end=\"1648\"\u003e▸ Garage, cellar and outdoor work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1685\" data-end=\"1702\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1685\" data-end=\"1702\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1704\" data-end=\"1713\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1704\" data-end=\"1713\"\u003ePros:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1715\" data-end=\"1851\"\u003e▸ Strong and consistent light output\u003cbr data-start=\"1751\" data-end=\"1754\"\u003e▸ Energy-efficient LED system\u003cbr data-start=\"1783\" data-end=\"1786\"\u003e▸ Compact and easy to transport\u003cbr data-start=\"1817\" data-end=\"1820\"\u003e▸ Sturdy and practical design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1853\" data-end=\"1862\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1853\" data-end=\"1862\"\u003eCons:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1864\" data-end=\"1940\"\u003e▸ Requires mains power connection\u003cbr data-start=\"1897\" data-end=\"1900\"\u003e▸ Not intended for decorative lighting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1942\" data-end=\"1974\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1942\" data-end=\"1974\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1976\" data-end=\"1991\"\u003eNot applicable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1993\" data-end=\"2020\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1993\" data-end=\"2020\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2022\" data-end=\"2276\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® LED Worksite Floodlight PBBK 4 B1 is a reliable solution for tasks requiring stable and powerful illumination. Its robust construction and efficient LED system make it suitable for demanding working conditions while remaining simple to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2278\" data-end=\"2285\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2278\" data-end=\"2285\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2287\" data-end=\"2438\"\u003eIs the floodlight suitable for outdoor use?\u003cbr data-start=\"2330\" data-end=\"2333\"\u003eYes, it is designed for worksite environments and can be used outdoors under normal operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2440\" data-end=\"2556\"\u003eCan the LED module be replaced?\u003cbr data-start=\"2471\" data-end=\"2474\"\u003eThe LED unit is integrated and is generally not designed for separate replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2558\" data-end=\"2673\"\u003eCan the light angle be adjusted?\u003cbr data-start=\"2590\" data-end=\"2593\"\u003eYes, the stand allows you to tilt the floodlight to direct the beam as required.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47741182804310,"sku":"100369242","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp2e43d32c1808406d8b184d954221eadd.jpg?v=1710068095"},{"product_id":"casque-de-soudage-automatique-parkside-pshl-2-d1","title":"Automatic Welding Helmet PARKSIDE® PSHL 2 D1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"46\" data-end=\"362\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"46\" data-end=\"68\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Automatic Welding Helmet PARKSIDE® PSHL 2 D1 is personal protective equipment designed for welding work with automatic darkening. The Automatic Welding Helmet PARKSIDE® PSHL 2 D1 helps protect the eyes and face from sparks, splashes and light radiation thanks to its auto-darkening filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"364\" data-end=\"646\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"364\" data-end=\"380\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Welding helmet with automatic filter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Auto-darkening when the welding arc is struck\u003cbr\u003e▸ UV and IR protection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable shade level\u003cbr\u003e▸ Fast reaction time\u003cbr\u003e▸ Ergonomic design\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for various welding processes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Solar-powered operation with integrated battery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"648\" data-end=\"993\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"648\" data-end=\"683\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Automatic Welding Helmet PARKSIDE® PSHL 2 D1 uses integrated sensors to detect the welding arc and automatically darkens the viewing area within a fraction of a second. It allows the user to work without constantly lifting the helmet between operations, improving comfort, safety and positioning accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"995\" data-end=\"1294\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"995\" data-end=\"1028\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model PSHL 2 D1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Auto-darkening filter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Fast switching response\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power supply via solar cell with integrated battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ Sensitivity adjustment\u003cbr\u003e▸ Delay adjustment for return to light state\u003cbr\u003e▸ Permanent UV\/IR protection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended for standard welding applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1296\" data-end=\"1406\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1296\" data-end=\"1336\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Automatic welding helmet\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable headband\u003cbr\u003e▸ Instruction manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1408\" data-end=\"1672\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1408\" data-end=\"1437\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is recommended for users carrying out occasional to regular welding work who want automatic protection and better ease of use. It is suitable for both DIY users and more experienced users working on different welding tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1674\" data-end=\"1930\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1674\" data-end=\"1691\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1692\" data-end=\"1700\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical auto-darkening function\u003cbr\u003e▸ Continuous UV\/IR protection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Adjustable settings\u003cbr\u003e▸ Solar-assisted operation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1816\" data-end=\"1824\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not intended for all specialised welding processes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection performance depends on correct settings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1932\" data-end=\"2294\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1932\" data-end=\"1959\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Automatic Welding Helmet PARKSIDE® PSHL 2 D1 is a practical solution for welding work, offering a balanced combination of protection and comfort. The Automatic Welding Helmet PARKSIDE® PSHL 2 D1 stands out for its automatic darkening system, adjustable functions and straightforward use for domestic and semi-regular applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2296\" data-end=\"2452\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2296\" data-end=\"2303\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2304\" data-end=\"2359\"\u003eDoes the helmet work without a replaceable battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt mainly operates through a solar cell, with an integrated battery supporting the function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2454\" data-end=\"2575\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2454\" data-end=\"2490\"\u003eCan the shade level be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The helmet allows the shade level to be adjusted depending on the welding task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2577\" data-end=\"2673\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2577\" data-end=\"2610\"\u003eIs it suitable for beginners?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for both beginners and more regular users.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47741413818710,"sku":"100370645001","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black with flames","offer_id":47741413851478,"sku":"100370645002","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"black\/striped","offer_id":52724943651158,"sku":null,"price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcpbe3ca0ae22d9435b9d0a465d06c8938b_1.jpg?v=1772454024"},{"product_id":"parkside-performance-ppwd-30-b2-aspirateur-atelier","title":"PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® PPWD 30 B2 Wet and Dry Workshop Vacuum","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"66\" data-end=\"88\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"66\" data-end=\"88\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"90\" data-end=\"490\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® PPWD 30 B2 Wet and Dry Workshop Vacuum is a powerful unit designed for extracting dust, debris and liquids in workshop environments. With its large tank capacity and strong suction performance, it is suitable for demanding DIY and renovation tasks.\u003cbr data-start=\"364\" data-end=\"367\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® PPWD 30 B2 Wet and Dry Workshop Vacuum is intended for regular use in home workshops and garages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"492\" data-end=\"508\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"492\" data-end=\"508\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"510\" data-end=\"727\"\u003e▸ Wet and dry vacuum function\u003cbr data-start=\"539\" data-end=\"542\"\u003e▸ Large tank capacity of approx. 30 litres\u003cbr data-start=\"584\" data-end=\"587\"\u003e▸ High suction performance\u003cbr data-start=\"613\" data-end=\"616\"\u003e▸ Integrated blower function\u003cbr data-start=\"644\" data-end=\"647\"\u003e▸ Power tool socket with automatic start\u003cbr data-start=\"687\" data-end=\"690\"\u003e▸ Robust chassis with castor wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"729\" data-end=\"764\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"729\" data-end=\"764\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"766\" data-end=\"1039\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® PPWD 30 B2 Wet and Dry Workshop Vacuum efficiently removes fine dust, wood chips and liquids using a powerful motor and suitable filtration system. The integrated power socket allows automatic activation when a connected power tool is switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1041\" data-end=\"1122\"\u003eIt is designed for workshop cleaning, garage maintenance and renovation projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1124\" data-end=\"1157\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1124\" data-end=\"1157\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1159\" data-end=\"1336\"\u003e▸ Type: wet and dry vacuum\u003cbr data-start=\"1185\" data-end=\"1188\"\u003e▸ Tank capacity: approx. 30 L\u003cbr data-start=\"1217\" data-end=\"1220\"\u003e▸ Voltage: 230 V ~ 50 Hz\u003cbr data-start=\"1244\" data-end=\"1247\"\u003e▸ Integrated blower function\u003cbr data-start=\"1275\" data-end=\"1278\"\u003e▸ Automatic tool socket\u003cbr data-start=\"1301\" data-end=\"1304\"\u003e▸ Range: PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE®\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1338\" data-end=\"1378\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1338\" data-end=\"1378\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1380\" data-end=\"1539\"\u003e▸ Suction hose\u003cbr data-start=\"1394\" data-end=\"1397\"\u003e▸ Floor and liquid nozzles\u003cbr data-start=\"1423\" data-end=\"1426\"\u003e▸ Compatible with power tools via integrated socket\u003cbr data-start=\"1477\" data-end=\"1480\"\u003e▸ Suitable filter and dust bag options depending on model\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1541\" data-end=\"1570\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1541\" data-end=\"1570\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1572\" data-end=\"1680\"\u003e▸ Demanding DIY users\u003cbr data-start=\"1593\" data-end=\"1596\"\u003e▸ Home workshops\u003cbr data-start=\"1612\" data-end=\"1615\"\u003e▸ Renovation projects\u003cbr data-start=\"1636\" data-end=\"1639\"\u003e▸ Garage and construction site cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1682\" data-end=\"1699\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1682\" data-end=\"1699\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1701\" data-end=\"1715\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1701\" data-end=\"1715\"\u003eAdvantages\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1717\" data-end=\"1835\"\u003e▸ Large 30 L capacity\u003cbr data-start=\"1738\" data-end=\"1741\"\u003e▸ Strong suction power\u003cbr data-start=\"1763\" data-end=\"1766\"\u003e▸ Suitable for liquids and dust\u003cbr data-start=\"1797\" data-end=\"1800\"\u003e▸ Practical automatic tool socket\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1837\" data-end=\"1854\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1837\" data-end=\"1854\"\u003eDisadvantages\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1856\" data-end=\"1913\"\u003e▸ Bulky size\u003cbr data-start=\"1868\" data-end=\"1871\"\u003e▸ Louder than standard household vacuums\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1915\" data-end=\"1947\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1915\" data-end=\"1947\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1949\" data-end=\"2083\"\u003eUse compatible filters and dust bags to maintain suction performance. Clean or replace filters regularly to ensure optimal efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2085\" data-end=\"2112\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2085\" data-end=\"2112\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2114\" data-end=\"2355\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® PPWD 30 B2 Wet and Dry Workshop Vacuum provides a robust and efficient cleaning solution for intensive workshop tasks. Its large capacity and integrated tool socket make it well suited for renovation and garage use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2357\" data-end=\"2364\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2357\" data-end=\"2364\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2366\" data-end=\"2449\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2366\" data-end=\"2392\"\u003eCan it vacuum liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2392\" data-end=\"2395\"\u003eYes, it is designed for both wet and dry applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2451\" data-end=\"2529\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2451\" data-end=\"2481\"\u003eWhat is the tank capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2481\" data-end=\"2484\"\u003eThe tank capacity is approximately 30 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2531\" data-end=\"2638\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2531\" data-end=\"2571\"\u003eDoes it include a power tool socket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2571\" data-end=\"2574\"\u003eYes, it features an automatic start socket for compatible tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2640\" data-end=\"2735\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2640\" data-end=\"2680\"\u003eIs it suitable for professional use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2680\" data-end=\"2683\"\u003eIt is primarily intended for intensive domestic use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside Performance®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48298047832406,"sku":"100374197","price":99.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/7-gcp4044475f969e4a0ca2f61bceebf8044b.jpg?v=1772233105"},{"product_id":"parkside-performance-haut-parleur-de-chantier-bluetooth-pbl-40-a1","title":"PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Bluetooth Site Speaker PBL 40 A1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"56\" data-end=\"405\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"56\" data-end=\"78\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Bluetooth Site Speaker PBL 40 A1 is a robust portable speaker designed for audio playback via Bluetooth® or a 3.5 mm AUX connection. It can operate with the included AC adapter or with a compatible PARKSIDE® 12 V or 20 V battery, making it suitable for workshops, garages and other indoor work areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"407\" data-end=\"757\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"407\" data-end=\"423\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Wireless audio streaming via Bluetooth® 5.3\u003cbr\u003e▸ 3.5 mm AUX input for wired playback\u003cbr\u003e▸ Music output up to 80 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ USB-A port for charging mobile devices\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE® 12 V and 20 V batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ AC power adapter included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Built-in physical controls for playback and volume\u003cbr\u003e▸ TWS function for pairing two identical speakers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"759\" data-end=\"1183\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"759\" data-end=\"794\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Bluetooth Site Speaker PBL 40 A1 connects to smartphones, tablets and other compatible devices for wireless music playback. It can also be used with a cable through the AUX input. Its dual power supply system and sturdy design make the PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Bluetooth Site Speaker PBL 40 A1 a practical audio solution for DIY spaces and indoor work environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1185\" data-end=\"1641\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1185\" data-end=\"1218\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model PBL 40 A1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Technical model HG10729\u003cbr\u003e▸ DC input 18 V, 2 A\u003cbr\u003e▸ Music output 80 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ USB-A output 5 V, 2.1 A\u003cbr\u003e▸ Bluetooth® version 5.3\u003cbr\u003e▸ Bluetooth® range approx. 10 m\u003cbr\u003e▸ Supported Bluetooth® profiles AVRCP, A2DP\u003cbr\u003e▸ AUX input 3.5 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery compatibility PARKSIDE® 12 V \/ 20 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection rating IP20\u003cbr\u003e▸ Dimensions approx. 385 x 143.5 x 152 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Weight approx. 2.5 kg without battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ Operating temperature 10 °C to 35 °C\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1643\" data-end=\"1881\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1643\" data-end=\"1683\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 Bluetooth site speaker\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 AC power adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 user manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 quick start guide\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charger not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE® X 12 V Team and X 20 V Team batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1883\" data-end=\"2200\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1883\" data-end=\"1912\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Bluetooth Site Speaker PBL 40 A1 is recommended for users who need a powerful speaker for a workshop, garage or hobby space and want the flexibility of mains or battery operation. It is especially relevant for users already using the PARKSIDE® battery platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2202\" data-end=\"2479\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2202\" data-end=\"2219\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2220\" data-end=\"2227\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Powerful 80 W audio output\u003cbr\u003e▸ Works on mains power or compatible battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ USB-A port for charging mobile devices\u003cbr\u003e▸ Supports both Bluetooth® and AUX playback\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2387\" data-end=\"2395\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger are not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ IP20 rating limits use to dry indoor areas\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2481\" data-end=\"2728\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2481\" data-end=\"2513\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor cordless operation, this model requires a compatible PARKSIDE® 12 V or 20 V battery. Runtime depends on battery capacity and listening volume, so higher-capacity batteries are more suitable for longer sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2730\" data-end=\"3084\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2730\" data-end=\"2757\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Bluetooth Site Speaker PBL 40 A1 is a practical worksite-style speaker focused on power, simple operation and flexible power options. It covers the essential connectivity and charging functions well, provided its indoor-only protection rating and battery-free standard package are taken into account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3086\" data-end=\"3240\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3086\" data-end=\"3093\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3094\" data-end=\"3147\"\u003eCan it work without being plugged into the mains?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can run on a compatible PARKSIDE® 12 V or 20 V battery. The battery is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3242\" data-end=\"3374\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3242\" data-end=\"3288\"\u003eCan I connect a device without Bluetooth®?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it includes a 3.5 mm AUX input for wired audio playback from compatible devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3376\" data-end=\"3482\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3376\" data-end=\"3402\"\u003eCan it charge a phone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the USB-A port can supply 5 V \/ 2.1 A to charge compatible mobile devices.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside Performance®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48299641700694,"sku":"100374415","price":59.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp309ac6f8c02343b994e3c5f722516705.jpg?v=1718700832"},{"product_id":"parkside®-visseuse-sans-fil-a-embouts-interchangeables-rapidfire-2-2","title":"PARKSIDE® Rapidfire 2.2 Cordless Screwdriver","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"50\" data-end=\"72\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"50\" data-end=\"72\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"74\" data-end=\"461\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Rapidfire 2.2 Cordless Screwdriver is a compact tool designed for quick and repetitive screwdriving tasks in domestic use. Featuring an integrated rapid bit-change system, it allows efficient switching between different screwdriver bits.\u003cbr data-start=\"325\" data-end=\"328\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Rapidfire 2.2 Cordless Screwdriver is suitable for light-duty household applications requiring convenience and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"463\" data-end=\"479\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"463\" data-end=\"479\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"481\" data-end=\"696\"\u003e▸ Compact cordless screwdriver\u003cbr data-start=\"511\" data-end=\"514\"\u003e▸ Rapidfire system with integrated bit drum\u003cbr data-start=\"557\" data-end=\"560\"\u003e▸ Forward and reverse rotation\u003cbr data-start=\"590\" data-end=\"593\"\u003e▸ Simple and intuitive operation\u003cbr data-start=\"625\" data-end=\"628\"\u003e▸ Ergonomic lightweight design\u003cbr data-start=\"658\" data-end=\"661\"\u003e▸ Integrated rechargeable battery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"698\" data-end=\"733\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"698\" data-end=\"733\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"735\" data-end=\"981\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Rapidfire 2.2 Cordless Screwdriver uses a rotating bit drum mechanism that enables quick selection of different bits without manual swapping. It is designed for driving and removing screws in wood, plastic and other light materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"983\" data-end=\"1066\"\u003eIt is ideal for furniture assembly, small home repairs and light installation work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1068\" data-end=\"1101\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1068\" data-end=\"1101\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1103\" data-end=\"1290\"\u003e▸ Type: compact cordless screwdriver\u003cbr data-start=\"1139\" data-end=\"1142\"\u003e▸ Nominal voltage: approx. 3.6 V\u003cbr data-start=\"1174\" data-end=\"1177\"\u003e▸ Battery: integrated rechargeable\u003cbr data-start=\"1211\" data-end=\"1214\"\u003e▸ Rotation: forward \/ reverse\u003cbr data-start=\"1243\" data-end=\"1246\"\u003e▸ Application: light domestic screwdriving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1292\" data-end=\"1332\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1292\" data-end=\"1332\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1334\" data-end=\"1431\"\u003e▸ Integrated bit drum\u003cbr data-start=\"1355\" data-end=\"1358\"\u003e▸ Compatible with standard screwdriver bits\u003cbr data-start=\"1401\" data-end=\"1404\"\u003e▸ Charging cable included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1433\" data-end=\"1462\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1433\" data-end=\"1462\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1464\" data-end=\"1558\"\u003e▸ Home users\u003cbr data-start=\"1476\" data-end=\"1479\"\u003e▸ Furniture assembly tasks\u003cbr data-start=\"1505\" data-end=\"1508\"\u003e▸ Small repairs\u003cbr data-start=\"1523\" data-end=\"1526\"\u003e▸ Occasional screwdriving work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1560\" data-end=\"1577\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1560\" data-end=\"1577\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1579\" data-end=\"1593\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1579\" data-end=\"1593\"\u003eAdvantages\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1595\" data-end=\"1697\"\u003e▸ Very compact design\u003cbr data-start=\"1616\" data-end=\"1619\"\u003e▸ Fast bit selection system\u003cbr data-start=\"1646\" data-end=\"1649\"\u003e▸ Easy to operate\u003cbr data-start=\"1666\" data-end=\"1669\"\u003e▸ Suitable for light tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1699\" data-end=\"1716\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1699\" data-end=\"1716\"\u003eDisadvantages\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1718\" data-end=\"1804\"\u003e▸ Not intended for heavy-duty work\u003cbr data-start=\"1752\" data-end=\"1755\"\u003e▸ Limited torque compared to 12 V or 20 V tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1806\" data-end=\"1838\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1806\" data-end=\"1838\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1840\" data-end=\"1974\"\u003eRecharge the integrated battery regularly to maintain optimal performance. Use appropriate screwdriver bits to prevent premature wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1976\" data-end=\"2003\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1976\" data-end=\"2003\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2005\" data-end=\"2239\"\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Rapidfire 2.2 Cordless Screwdriver provides a practical and convenient solution for everyday screwdriving needs. Its compact size and rapid bit system make it particularly useful for light and repetitive household tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2241\" data-end=\"2248\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2241\" data-end=\"2248\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2250\" data-end=\"2324\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2250\" data-end=\"2273\"\u003eCan it drill holes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2273\" data-end=\"2276\"\u003eNo, it is designed exclusively for screwdriving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2326\" data-end=\"2403\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2326\" data-end=\"2357\"\u003eIs the battery replaceable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2357\" data-end=\"2360\"\u003eThe battery is integrated and rechargeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2405\" data-end=\"2495\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2405\" data-end=\"2441\"\u003eIs it suitable for large screws?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2441\" data-end=\"2444\"\u003eIt is recommended for small to medium-sized screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2497\" data-end=\"2599\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2497\" data-end=\"2537\"\u003eIs it intended for professional use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2537\" data-end=\"2540\"\u003eIt is mainly designed for occasional domestic applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48929316471126,"sku":"100366785","price":7.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp1de7d8183e71461a9ee85b596e26efd8.jpg?v=1727790546"},{"product_id":"parkside-pistolet-a-colle-thermofusible-php-500-e3-11-mm","title":"PARKSIDE® Hot glue gun PHP 500 E3, 11 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"42\" data-end=\"407\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"42\" data-end=\"64\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Hot glue gun PHP 500 E3, 11 mm is an electric tool designed for bonding tasks in crafts, decoration and light DIY work. The PARKSIDE® Hot glue gun PHP 500 E3, 11 mm operates from the mains with a charging station and offers fast heat-up for joining common materials such as wood, plastic, ceramic, cardboard, glass and textiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"409\" data-end=\"766\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"409\" data-end=\"425\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hot glue gun for 11 mm glue sticks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Fast heat-up in around 2 minutes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum temperature up to approx. 200 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging station included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated support stand for stable placement\u003cbr\u003e▸ Trigger for controlled glue output\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for DIY and craft applications\u003cbr\u003e▸ Can be used on wood, plastic, ceramic, cardboard, glass and textiles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"768\" data-end=\"1169\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"768\" data-end=\"803\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Hot glue gun PHP 500 E3, 11 mm heats a glue stick inserted into the heating chamber and dispenses melted adhesive through the nozzle when the trigger is pressed. It is intended for quick bonding of small parts, decorative assembly, light repairs and creative home projects. It is designed for private use rather than continuous professional operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1171\" data-end=\"1558\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1171\" data-end=\"1204\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model PHP 500 E3\u003cbr\u003e▸ Technical designation WWS-HKP25-F01\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated voltage 230 V ~ \/ 50 Hz\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated power consumption 25 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ Start-up power 500 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ Heat-up time approx. 2 minutes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Heating temperature approx. 150 °C after preheating\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum temperature 200 °C +\/- 10 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection class II\u003cbr\u003e▸ Glue stick diameter 11 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reference 100395095 \/ IAN 486066\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1560\" data-end=\"1776\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1560\" data-end=\"1600\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging station included\u003cbr\u003e▸ 3 hot glue sticks included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated support stand included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard commercial 11 mm hot glue sticks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Mains cable included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1778\" data-end=\"2072\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1778\" data-end=\"1807\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is recommended for users looking for a simple glue gun for crafts, light DIY work and occasional household repairs. It is suitable for anyone who wants a compact and fast-heating tool for bonding different non-structural materials in a home environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2074\" data-end=\"2367\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2074\" data-end=\"2091\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2092\" data-end=\"2099\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Fast heat-up for convenient use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with standard 11 mm glue sticks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging station and glue sticks included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for several common materials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2263\" data-end=\"2271\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended for private use only\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not suitable for structural bonding or high-load applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2369\" data-end=\"2606\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2369\" data-end=\"2401\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis tool uses 11 mm hot glue sticks. It is advisable to use glue sticks suited to the material being bonded and to replace consumables when needed to maintain smooth adhesive flow and consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2608\" data-end=\"2922\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2608\" data-end=\"2635\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Hot glue gun PHP 500 E3, 11 mm is a practical option for quick bonding jobs in home DIY and creative work. Its short heat-up time, compatibility with standard 11 mm glue sticks and included charging station make it a useful tool for occasional and versatile household use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2924\" data-end=\"3031\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2924\" data-end=\"2931\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2932\" data-end=\"2976\"\u003eAre glue sticks included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, 3 hot glue sticks are included for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3033\" data-end=\"3126\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3033\" data-end=\"3070\"\u003eHow long does it take to heat up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe heat-up time is around 2 minutes before normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3128\" data-end=\"3301\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3128\" data-end=\"3165\"\u003eIs it suitable for all materials?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for many common materials such as wood, plastic and fabric, but it is not intended for heavy-duty or structural bonding.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49321856270678,"sku":"100380942","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp00b848b15f9e4a2c843267d69d5c2dad.jpg?v=1731953527"},{"product_id":"parkside-humidimetre-pfmg-a3","title":"PARKSIDE® Moisture Meter PFMG A3","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"34\" data-end=\"413\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"34\" data-end=\"56\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Moisture Meter PFMG A3 is a measuring device designed to check the moisture level of wood and selected building materials through direct contact using two measuring pins. It displays the value as a percentage, includes ambient temperature indication and is suitable for domestic checks on firewood, screed, concrete, plaster, mortar or brick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"415\" data-end=\"796\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"415\" data-end=\"431\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Measures moisture in wood and building materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Digital display of moisture percentage\u003cbr\u003e▸ Contact measurement with probe pins\u003cbr\u003e▸ Material selection function\u003cbr\u003e▸ Temperature display in °C or °F\u003cbr\u003e▸ Measured value hold function\u003cbr\u003e▸ 180° rotatable display\u003cbr\u003e▸ RESET function for recalibration\u003cbr\u003e▸ Automatic switch-off after inactivity\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protective cap for the measuring pins\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"798\" data-end=\"1232\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"798\" data-end=\"833\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Moisture Meter PFMG A3 works by applying its two measuring pins to the surface of the material in order to assess residual moisture. The user selects the material type, and the device shows the measured value within seconds. It is intended for checking the drying condition of firewood or monitoring the moisture content of mineral materials before maintenance, renovation or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1234\" data-end=\"1875\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1234\" data-end=\"1267\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PFMG A3\u003cbr\u003e▸ Operating voltage: 3 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power supply: 2 x LR03 \/ AAA batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Temperature accuracy: ± 1 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Building material moisture accuracy: ± 0.1% below 1.4%, ± 0.2% above 1.4%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Wood moisture accuracy: ± 2% below 30%, ± 4% above 30%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Resolution: 0.1%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Operating temperature: 0 °C to 40 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection rating: IP20\u003cbr\u003e▸ Permissible ambient humidity: max. 80% relative\u003cbr\u003e▸ Wood range: 6 to 44%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cement screed \/ concrete range: 1.4 to 7.4%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Anhydrite screed \/ plaster \/ plasterboard range: 0.5 to 4.1%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cement mortar range: 1.2 to 5.1%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Lime mortar range: 0.6 to 3.7%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brick range: 0.1 to 8.5%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1877\" data-end=\"1982\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1877\" data-end=\"1917\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Moisture meter\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2 x AAA \/ LR03 batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Instruction manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1984\" data-end=\"2329\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1984\" data-end=\"2013\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Moisture Meter PFMG A3 is recommended for private users who want to check the drying condition of firewood or verify the moisture content of building surfaces before starting work. It is suitable for indoor domestic use alongside maintenance tasks, light renovation work or occasional material checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2331\" data-end=\"2675\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2331\" data-end=\"2348\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePro\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for measuring wood and several building materials\u003cbr\u003e▸ Clear display with moisture reading and temperature indication\u003cbr\u003e▸ Simple format for quick checks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Batteries included for immediate use\u003cbr\u003eCons\u003cbr\u003e▸ Contact measurement may mark delicate surfaces\u003cbr\u003e▸ Limited to indoor use and not intended for professional applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2677\" data-end=\"2956\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2677\" data-end=\"2709\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product operates with 2 x AAA \/ LR03 batteries. When the low battery indicator appears, the batteries should be replaced promptly to avoid inaccurate measurements. The measuring pins should be kept clean and dry to maintain reliable readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2958\" data-end=\"3304\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2958\" data-end=\"2985\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Moisture Meter PFMG A3 provides a practical checking function for wood and various mineral materials in a domestic setting. Its clear display, material selection and broad measuring range make it useful for occasional inspections, with the main limitation being pin-based measurement and indoor-only use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3306\" data-end=\"3493\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3306\" data-end=\"3313\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCan the PARKSIDE® Moisture Meter PFMG A3 measure firewood?\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can be used to check the moisture content of firewood and assess whether the wood is dry enough for typical use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3495\" data-end=\"3670\"\u003eWhat materials can the PARKSIDE® Moisture Meter PFMG A3 measure?\u003cbr\u003eIt can measure wood as well as several building materials such as concrete, screed, plaster, mortar and brick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3672\" data-end=\"3817\"\u003eDoes the PARKSIDE® Moisture Meter PFMG A3 come with batteries?\u003cbr\u003eYes, the product is supplied with 2 x AAA \/ LR03 batteries required for operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52711634862422,"sku":"100398714002","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/2-gcpbf1558279d924bb39f583c021a92d460.jpg?v=1772210361"},{"product_id":"batterie-parkside-performance-4ah-20v-papp-20-4-a1","title":"PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Smart Battery 4 Ah 20 V PAPP 20-4 A1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"60\" data-end=\"366\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"60\" data-end=\"82\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Smart Battery 4 Ah 20 V PAPP 20-4 A1 is designed to power cordless tools in the PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® range with consistent output and optimised energy management. It integrates Smart technology for more precise monitoring of battery status and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"368\" data-end=\"663\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"368\" data-end=\"384\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ High-performance 20 V lithium-ion battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ 4 Ah capacity for longer runtime\u003cbr\u003e▸ Smart technology with intelligent energy management\u003cbr\u003e▸ LED charge level indicator\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection against overcharging, overheating and deep discharge\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® 20 V tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"665\" data-end=\"950\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"665\" data-end=\"700\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Smart Battery 4 Ah 20 V PAPP 20-4 A1 supplies stable voltage to compatible cordless tools for reliable operation. Its Smart management system helps regulate energy delivery and supports efficient use during demanding tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"952\" data-end=\"1155\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"952\" data-end=\"985\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: lithium-ion battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ Voltage: 20 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Capacity: 4 Ah\u003cbr\u003e▸ System: Smart Battery Management\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charge indicator: LED\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility: PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® 20 V range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1157\" data-end=\"1288\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1157\" data-end=\"1197\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompatible with PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® 20 V tools. No additional accessories are specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1290\" data-end=\"1479\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1290\" data-end=\"1319\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis product is recommended for users of PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® cordless tools who need a reliable battery with solid runtime for regular or more intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1481\" data-end=\"1751\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1481\" data-end=\"1498\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1499\" data-end=\"1507\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Good runtime thanks to the 4 Ah capacity\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intelligent energy management\u003cbr\u003e▸ Broad compatibility within the 20 V range\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated protection systems\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1659\" data-end=\"1667\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging time depends on the charger used\u003cbr\u003e▸ Heavier than lower-capacity batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1753\" data-end=\"1963\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1753\" data-end=\"1785\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo help extend the service life of the PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Smart Battery 4 Ah 20 V PAPP 20-4 A1, it is advisable to use compatible chargers and avoid frequent full discharges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1965\" data-end=\"2218\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1965\" data-end=\"1992\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® Smart Battery 4 Ah 20 V PAPP 20-4 A1 offers a balanced combination of power, runtime and protection. It is a practical option for users who want consistent performance from compatible cordless tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2220\" data-end=\"2352\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2220\" data-end=\"2227\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2228\" data-end=\"2283\"\u003eIs this battery compatible with all PARKSIDE tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is compatible with tools in the PARKSIDE PERFORMANCE® 20 V range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2354\" data-end=\"2456\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2354\" data-end=\"2396\"\u003eDoes it have a charge level indicator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it includes an LED indicator to show the charge level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2458\" data-end=\"2571\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2458\" data-end=\"2493\"\u003eIs it suitable for heavier use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the 4 Ah capacity makes it suitable for longer and more demanding tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside Performance®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52740358570326,"sku":null,"price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcpf21146965df04450aea2d12d27342a1b_1.jpg?v=1772573289"},{"product_id":"adaptateur-couple-numerique-parkside-pdda20-01","title":"PARKSIDE® PDDA20-01 Digital Torque Adapter","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"44\" data-end=\"249\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"44\" data-end=\"66\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PDDA20-01 Digital Torque Adapter is a measuring tool designed to display the applied torque when tightening or loosening screw connections with compatible manual tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"251\" data-end=\"486\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"251\" data-end=\"267\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Digital torque display\u003cbr\u003e▸ Clear LCD screen\u003cbr\u003e▸ Measuring range from 20 to 200 Nm\u003cbr\u003e▸ 0.1 Nm resolution\u003cbr\u003e▸ ±2% accuracy\u003cbr\u003e▸ Memory for up to 500 values\u003cbr\u003e▸ Supports N-m, kg-cm, lb-in and lb-ft units\u003cbr\u003e▸ Supplied in a storage case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"488\" data-end=\"748\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"488\" data-end=\"523\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PDDA20-01 Digital Torque Adapter is fitted between a manual ratchet and the suitable tightening accessory. It measures torque in real time and helps control tightening more accurately on screws, nuts and bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"750\" data-end=\"1222\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"750\" data-end=\"783\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PDDA20-01\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: digital torque adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Torque range: 20–200 Nm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Resolution: 0.1 Nm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Accuracy: ±2%\u003cbr\u003e▸ Memory capacity: 500 values\u003cbr\u003e▸ Internal drive profile: 12.5 mm square, ½\"\u003cbr\u003e▸ External drive profile: 12.5 mm square, ½\"\u003cbr\u003e▸ Measuring units: kg-cm, lb-in, lb-ft, N-m\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power supply: 2 x AAA 1.5 V batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Operating temperature: -10 to 50 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage temperature: -10 to 30 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Permitted humidity: 15–90%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1224\" data-end=\"1436\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1224\" data-end=\"1264\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Digital torque adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2 sockets ¼\" and ⅜\"\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 hex key\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2 AAA 1.5 V alkaline batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage case\u003cbr\u003e▸ User manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible only with suitable manual drive tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1438\" data-end=\"1667\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1438\" data-end=\"1467\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis adapter is recommended for DIY users, amateur mechanics and anyone who needs more accurate torque control during vehicle work, mechanical assembly or tightening tasks requiring controlled force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1669\" data-end=\"1936\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1669\" data-end=\"1686\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1687\" data-end=\"1695\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Measuring range suitable for common tasks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Easy-to-read digital display\u003cbr\u003e▸ Built-in memory for recorded values\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical case for storage and transport\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1852\" data-end=\"1860\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not designed for use with power tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires AAA batteries to operate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1938\" data-end=\"2187\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1938\" data-end=\"1970\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse 2 suitable AAA 1.5 V batteries. Remove the batteries during long periods of non-use and replace them when the display becomes weak to maintain reliable operation of the PARKSIDE® PDDA20-01 Digital Torque Adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2189\" data-end=\"2447\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2189\" data-end=\"2216\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® PDDA20-01 Digital Torque Adapter is a practical tool for checking tightening torque with a digital readout and a 20 to 200 Nm range. It is best suited to manual precision work where controlled tightening is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2449\" data-end=\"2549\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2449\" data-end=\"2456\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2457\" data-end=\"2512\"\u003eWhat is the torque range of this PARKSIDE® adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe measuring range is 20 to 200 Nm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2551\" data-end=\"2676\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2551\" data-end=\"2608\"\u003eCan it be used with an impact wrench or power driver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is intended only for manual use with compatible drive tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2678\" data-end=\"2744\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2678\" data-end=\"2710\"\u003eWhich batteries does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt runs on 2 AAA 1.5 V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52805489557846,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp193db882ee294d9684377b66ec160d38.jpg?v=1773322069"},{"product_id":"cle-a-cliquet-sans-fil-parkside-par-4-a1","title":"PARKSIDE® Cordless Ratchet Wrench PAR 4 A1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"5586\" data-end=\"5824\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5586\" data-end=\"5608\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Ratchet Wrench PAR 4 A1 is a compact cordless tool designed for fastening and loosening tasks in confined spaces. Its lightweight format improves handling during maintenance and assembly work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5826\" data-end=\"6011\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"5826\" data-end=\"5842\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact cordless design\u003cbr\u003e▸ Motorised ratchet function\u003cbr\u003e▸ USB-C charging\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for tight working areas\u003cbr\u003e▸ Ergonomic grip\u003cbr\u003e▸ Designed for light mechanical applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6013\" data-end=\"6233\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6013\" data-end=\"6048\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Ratchet Wrench PAR 4 A1 uses an integrated electric motor to assist with tightening and loosening fasteners while reducing manual effort during repetitive tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6235\" data-end=\"6452\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6235\" data-end=\"6268\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PAR 4 A1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: cordless ratchet wrench\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power supply: integrated rechargeable battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging: USB-A to USB-C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended use: fastening and loosening\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6454\" data-end=\"6586\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6454\" data-end=\"6494\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ USB-A to USB-C charging cable included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for light maintenance and assembly work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6588\" data-end=\"6742\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6588\" data-end=\"6617\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is recommended for DIY users, home workshops and users needing a compact ratchet tool for quick maintenance jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6744\" data-end=\"6980\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6744\" data-end=\"6761\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6762\" data-end=\"6769\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact and easy to handle\u003cbr\u003e▸ Convenient cordless operation\u003cbr\u003e▸ Modern USB-C charging\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for restricted spaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6888\" data-end=\"6896\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not intended for heavy industrial use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Limited detailed specifications available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6982\" data-end=\"7113\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"6982\" data-end=\"7014\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFully recharge the battery before extended use and use compatible USB-C charging accessories only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7115\" data-end=\"7321\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7115\" data-end=\"7142\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Ratchet Wrench PAR 4 A1 is a practical solution for light fastening work and general maintenance where compact size and cordless convenience are important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7323\" data-end=\"7487\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7323\" data-end=\"7330\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7331\" data-end=\"7414\"\u003eIs the PARKSIDE® Cordless Ratchet Wrench PAR 4 A1 suitable for car maintenance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can be used for light automotive maintenance and assembly tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7489\" data-end=\"7563\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7489\" data-end=\"7522\"\u003eIs a charging cable included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a USB-A to USB-C cable is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7565\" data-end=\"7657\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"7565\" data-end=\"7604\"\u003eDoes it use a rechargeable battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it features an integrated rechargeable battery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52805641503062,"sku":null,"price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp06764ed1980c4290a283b9a7b6db1d4a.jpg?v=1773322875"},{"product_id":"ultimate-speed-appareil-diagnostic-lecteur-codes-voiture-obdii-usobd-a1","title":"ULTIMATE SPEED® Car Diagnostic Device and Code Reader OBDII USOBD A1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"70\" data-end=\"257\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"70\" data-end=\"92\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Car Diagnostic Device and Code Reader OBDII USOBD A1 is an automotive diagnostic tool designed for vehicles compatible with OBD II\/EOBD systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"259\" data-end=\"494\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"259\" data-end=\"275\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reads and clears DTC fault codes\u003cbr\u003e▸ 12 V starting system test\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging system test\u003cbr\u003e▸ Live data display\u003cbr\u003e▸ QR code result generation\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2.4-inch TFT colour display\u003cbr\u003e▸ Stores up to 350 test results\u003cbr\u003e▸ Supports 7 languages\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"496\" data-end=\"694\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"496\" data-end=\"531\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe device connects directly to the vehicle’s OBD II port to read ECU information, detect engine or transmission faults and assist with basic vehicle diagnostics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"696\" data-end=\"1014\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"696\" data-end=\"729\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: ULTIMATE SPEED®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: HG12331\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: OBD II\/EOBD code reader\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model reference: OBDII USOBD A1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Input voltage: 8–25 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Operating temperature: 0 °C to +60 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Humidity: max. 95%, non-condensing\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum operating altitude: 2,000 m\u003cbr\u003e▸ Display: 2.4-inch TFT colour screen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1016\" data-end=\"1209\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1016\" data-end=\"1056\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 car diagnostic device and code reader\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 quick start guide\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with vehicles featuring OBD II\/EOBD interface\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated OBD II connector\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1211\" data-end=\"1456\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1211\" data-end=\"1240\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Car Diagnostic Device and Code Reader OBDII USOBD A1 is suitable for drivers who want to monitor vehicle fault codes, perform basic system checks and better understand vehicle electronic systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1458\" data-end=\"1748\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1458\" data-end=\"1475\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1476\" data-end=\"1483\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reads and clears diagnostic trouble codes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated starting and charging system tests\u003cbr\u003e▸ Easy-to-read colour display\u003cbr\u003e▸ QR code function for test results\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1642\" data-end=\"1650\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Limited to OBD II\/EOBD compatible vehicles\u003cbr\u003e▸ Does not replace professional workshop diagnostics\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1750\" data-end=\"1949\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1750\" data-end=\"1777\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Car Diagnostic Device and Code Reader OBDII USOBD A1 offers practical diagnostic functions for everyday vehicle maintenance and basic fault monitoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1951\" data-end=\"2080\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1951\" data-end=\"1958\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1959\" data-end=\"1997\"\u003eCan this device clear fault codes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can read and clear supported DTC fault codes stored in the vehicle system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2082\" data-end=\"2234\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2082\" data-end=\"2117\"\u003eIs it compatible with all cars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for vehicles supporting OBD II\/EOBD standards. Compatibility depends on the vehicle model and system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2236\" data-end=\"2355\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2236\" data-end=\"2278\"\u003eCan it test the battery or alternator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it includes 12 V starting system and charging system testing functions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ULTIMATE SPEED®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52805909938518,"sku":"100398279","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/2-gcp66da650943564ef5b49d3ed35ce6e7a3.jpg?v=1773324764"},{"product_id":"ultimate-speed-chargeur-batterie-vehicules-motorises-ulgd-5-0-d2","title":"ULTIMATE SPEED® Battery Charger for Motor Vehicles ULGD 5.0 D2","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"64\" data-end=\"255\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"64\" data-end=\"86\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Battery Charger for Motor Vehicles ULGD 5.0 D2 is an intelligent charger designed for 6 V and 12 V lead-acid batteries used in cars and motorcycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"257\" data-end=\"545\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"257\" data-end=\"273\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Microprocessor-controlled automatic charging\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging and maintenance mode\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated diagnostic programme\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reverse polarity protection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Short-circuit and overload protection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Pulse charging function for discharged batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ 4 charging programmes\u003cbr\u003e▸ LED display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"547\" data-end=\"827\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"547\" data-end=\"582\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe charger connects to the battery using the supplied clamps, analyses battery condition and automatically adjusts the charging process. It is designed for charging, maintaining and preserving compatible batteries during periods of inactivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"829\" data-end=\"1261\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"829\" data-end=\"862\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: ULTIMATE SPEED®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: ULGD 5.0 D2\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: car and motorcycle battery charger\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated voltage: 230 V~ 50 Hz\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated input current: 0.8 A\u003cbr\u003e▸ Output voltage: 6 V \/ 12 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging current: 0.8 A \/ 5.0 A\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible batteries: 6 V and 12 V lead-acid batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ 6 V battery capacity: 1.2 Ah to 14 Ah\u003cbr\u003e▸ 12 V battery capacity: 1.2 Ah to 120 Ah\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection rating: IP65\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection class: II\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1263\" data-end=\"1508\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1263\" data-end=\"1303\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 battery charger for motor vehicles\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 instruction manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated red and black connection clamps\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with WET, AGM, GEL and calcium batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not compatible with lithium-ion batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1510\" data-end=\"1731\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1510\" data-end=\"1539\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Battery Charger for Motor Vehicles ULGD 5.0 D2 is recommended for car and motorcycle owners who need automatic charging and maintenance for compatible lead-acid batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1733\" data-end=\"2013\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1733\" data-end=\"1750\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1751\" data-end=\"1758\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Automatic charging with diagnostic function\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for cars and motorcycles\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical maintenance charging mode\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated electrical safety protections\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1922\" data-end=\"1930\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Not suitable for lithium-ion batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended for indoor ventilated use only\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2015\" data-end=\"2194\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2015\" data-end=\"2047\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse only with compatible 6 V or 12 V lead-acid batteries. Always check polarity before connection and ensure adequate ventilation during charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2196\" data-end=\"2410\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2196\" data-end=\"2223\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Battery Charger for Motor Vehicles ULGD 5.0 D2 provides practical charging and maintenance functions for everyday vehicle battery care with automatic safety features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2412\" data-end=\"2554\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2412\" data-end=\"2419\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2420\" data-end=\"2467\"\u003eCan this charger be used for car batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it supports compatible 12 V lead-acid car batteries with capacities up to 120 Ah.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2556\" data-end=\"2701\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2556\" data-end=\"2600\"\u003eIs it suitable for motorcycle batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can charge compatible 6 V and 12 V motorcycle batteries within the supported capacity range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2703\" data-end=\"2812\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2703\" data-end=\"2745\"\u003eDoes it support lithium-ion batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this charger is not designed for lithium-ion battery charging.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ULTIMATE SPEED®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52805948080470,"sku":"100379407","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp6333f072a39b4fc89bc003b9c13c25b7.jpg?v=1773325099"},{"product_id":"cric-hydraulique-ultimate-speed-2-tonnes","title":"Hydraulic trolley jack ULTIMATE SPEED®","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"40\" data-end=\"325\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"40\" data-end=\"62\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Hydraulic trolley jack ULTIMATE SPEED® is a mobile lifting tool designed for raising and lowering vehicles during routine maintenance tasks. Its steel construction, hydraulic mechanism and 2-tonne load capacity make it suitable for occasional automotive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"327\" data-end=\"641\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"327\" data-end=\"343\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ For raising and lowering vehicles\u003cbr\u003e▸ Load capacity up to 2,000 kg\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hydraulic system with lowering valve\u003cbr\u003e▸ Support saddle with included adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Magnetic tray for wheel nuts or small parts\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical carrying handle\u003cbr\u003e▸ Removable two-piece lifting bar\u003cbr\u003e▸ Easy movement with fixed and swivel wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"643\" data-end=\"961\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"643\" data-end=\"678\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Hydraulic trolley jack ULTIMATE SPEED® works by pumping the lifting bar, which activates the hydraulic mechanism to raise the vehicle progressively. It is mainly intended for wheel changes and basic maintenance, and axle stands must always be used to support the vehicle safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"963\" data-end=\"1322\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"963\" data-end=\"996\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated load: 2,000 kg\u003cbr\u003e▸ Lifting height: 135 to 342 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Height with adapter: 150 to 357 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Lifting stroke: 207 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hydraulic oil type: SAE 10\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hydraulic oil quantity: 110 ml\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum operating force: 350 N\u003cbr\u003e▸ Oil operating temperature: -20 °C to +40 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Standard indicated: EN 1494\/A1:2008\u003cbr\u003e▸ Certification: TÜV Süd \/ GS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1324\" data-end=\"1562\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1324\" data-end=\"1364\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 hydraulic trolley jack\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 carrying handle\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 two-piece lifting bar\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 support saddle adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 instruction manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with the lifting points specified by the vehicle manufacturer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1564\" data-end=\"1829\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1564\" data-end=\"1593\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis jack is recommended for drivers who need a lifting tool for occasional vehicle maintenance, wheel changes or simple home garage tasks. It is suitable for vehicles whose lifting point load remains within the 2-tonne rated capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1831\" data-end=\"2129\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1831\" data-end=\"1848\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1849\" data-end=\"1856\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Load capacity suitable for common passenger vehicles\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hydraulic system reduces lifting effort\u003cbr\u003e▸ Support saddle adapter included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Mobile design with handle and wheels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2027\" data-end=\"2035\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Must not be used alone to hold a raised vehicle\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires a flat, solid and stable surface\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2131\" data-end=\"2357\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2131\" data-end=\"2163\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use only SAE 10 hydraulic oil\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum oil fill quantity: 110 ml\u003cbr\u003e▸ Oil checks or refilling should be carried out by qualified personnel\u003cbr\u003e▸ External moving parts should be lubricated regularly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2359\" data-end=\"2661\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2359\" data-end=\"2386\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Hydraulic trolley jack ULTIMATE SPEED® is a practical tool for occasional vehicle lifting in a home garage environment. Its technical specifications are suitable for basic maintenance tasks, provided safety instructions are followed and appropriate axle stands are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2663\" data-end=\"2804\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2663\" data-end=\"2670\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2671\" data-end=\"2732\"\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this hydraulic jack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rated load is 2,000 kg. This limit must not be exceeded during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2806\" data-end=\"2965\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2806\" data-end=\"2863\"\u003eCan it hold a vehicle raised during maintenance work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The jack is only for raising and lowering the vehicle. Axle stands are required for safe support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2967\" data-end=\"3124\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2967\" data-end=\"3044\"\u003eWhat is the lifting height of the Hydraulic trolley jack ULTIMATE SPEED®?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lifting range is 135 to 342 mm, or 150 to 357 mm with the included adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ULTIMATE SPEED®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52806274777430,"sku":null,"price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/1-gcp32c661e2cdc04dafbba11ac58a5f6ad3.jpg?v=1773325591"},{"product_id":"ultimate-speed-aide-demarrage-mobile-voitures-powerbank-12000mah","title":"ULTIMATE SPEED® Mobile Jump Starter for Cars with Powerbank 12000 mAh","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"71\" data-end=\"284\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"71\" data-end=\"93\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Mobile Jump Starter for Cars with Powerbank 12000 mAh is a portable device designed to assist vehicle starting and recharge mobile devices through its integrated battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"286\" data-end=\"566\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"286\" data-end=\"302\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Jump starter function for 12 V vehicles\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated Powerbank battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ 12000 mAh battery capacity\u003cbr\u003e▸ USB ports for charging mobile devices\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated LED light\u003cbr\u003e▸ Reverse polarity protection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Short-circuit and overvoltage protection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact portable design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"568\" data-end=\"812\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"568\" data-end=\"603\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe device connects to the vehicle battery using the supplied clamps to provide temporary starting power. It can also be used as a Powerbank for charging smartphones, tablets and other compatible USB devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"814\" data-end=\"1119\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"814\" data-end=\"847\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: ULTIMATE SPEED®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: mobile jump starter with Powerbank\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated battery: lithium-polymer\u003cbr\u003e▸ Capacity: 12000 mAh\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible vehicle voltage: 12 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ USB outputs: yes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Lighting: integrated LED light\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protections: overload, short circuit, reverse polarity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1121\" data-end=\"1322\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1121\" data-end=\"1161\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 mobile jump starter\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 jump cable with clamps\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 USB cable\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 charging adapter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with 12 V vehicles\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with USB rechargeable devices\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1324\" data-end=\"1543\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1324\" data-end=\"1353\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Mobile Jump Starter for Cars with Powerbank 12000 mAh is recommended for drivers looking for a portable emergency starting solution combined with mobile device charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1545\" data-end=\"1811\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1545\" data-end=\"1562\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1563\" data-end=\"1570\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Combined jump starter and Powerbank functionality\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact and easy to transport\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated safety protections\u003cbr\u003e▸ Can charge USB devices\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1712\" data-end=\"1720\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible only with 12 V vehicles\u003cbr\u003e▸ Requires regular recharging of the internal battery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1813\" data-end=\"2014\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1813\" data-end=\"1845\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecharge the device fully after use and regularly check the battery level. Use only with compatible 12 V vehicles and always observe correct polarity during connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2016\" data-end=\"2233\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2016\" data-end=\"2043\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ULTIMATE SPEED® Mobile Jump Starter for Cars with Powerbank 12000 mAh combines emergency starting assistance and portable charging in a compact format suitable for everyday vehicle use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2235\" data-end=\"2376\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2235\" data-end=\"2242\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2243\" data-end=\"2295\"\u003eCan this device start a car with a weak battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed to provide starting assistance for compatible 12 V vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2378\" data-end=\"2473\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2378\" data-end=\"2409\"\u003eCan it charge a smartphone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the USB ports allow charging of compatible mobile devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2475\" data-end=\"2604\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2475\" data-end=\"2521\"\u003eDoes it include safety protection systems?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it includes protection against short circuits, overload and reverse polarity.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ULTIMATE SPEED®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52806803325270,"sku":null,"price":29.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/2-gcp7ac5b348a3f74566ae010d0ebf219282.jpg?v=1773327312"},{"product_id":"aspirateur-balai-bosch-serie-2-bbhf2parq-16v","title":"BOSCH Serie 2 BBHF2PARQ Cordless Stick Vacuum Cleaner, 16 V","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"61\" data-end=\"350\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"61\" data-end=\"83\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe BOSCH Serie 2 BBHF2PARQ Cordless Stick Vacuum Cleaner, 16 V is a rechargeable cordless vacuum cleaner designed for everyday floor cleaning and quick clean-up tasks. Its 2-in-1 design combines a stick vacuum and a detachable handheld vacuum in a single appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"352\" data-end=\"648\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"352\" data-end=\"368\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2-in-1 design with stick vacuum and handheld vacuum\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cordless and bagless operation\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rechargeable Li-Ion battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ Runtime of up to 40 minutes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging time of approximately 4–5 hours\u003cbr\u003e▸ Two power levels\u003cbr\u003e▸ Removable EasyClean rotating brush\u003cbr\u003e▸ Self-standing vertical position\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"650\" data-end=\"960\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"650\" data-end=\"685\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe BOSCH Serie 2 BBHF2PARQ Cordless Stick Vacuum Cleaner, 16 V uses a rechargeable motorised system to collect dust and everyday dirt into a bagless dust container. The integrated handheld unit can be removed for cleaning furniture, stairs, corners and hard-to-reach areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"962\" data-end=\"1325\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"962\" data-end=\"995\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: BOSCH\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: BBHF2PARQ\u003cbr\u003e▸ Series: Serie 2 Readyy’y\u003cbr\u003e▸ Type: 2-in-1 cordless vacuum cleaner\u003cbr\u003e▸ Voltage: 16 V max\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery type: Li-Ion\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum runtime: up to 40 minutes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging time: 4–5 hours\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power levels: 2\u003cbr\u003e▸ Weight: 2.4 kg\u003cbr\u003e▸ Dimensions: 1160 x 265 x 165 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Noise level: 78 dB\u003cbr\u003e▸ Commercial reference: 100358437\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1327\" data-end=\"1482\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1327\" data-end=\"1367\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Stick vacuum with integrated handheld vacuum\u003cbr\u003e▸ Removable rotating brush\u003cbr\u003e▸ Bagless dust container\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1484\" data-end=\"1734\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1484\" data-end=\"1513\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe BOSCH Serie 2 BBHF2PARQ Cordless Stick Vacuum Cleaner, 16 V is recommended for users looking for a lightweight cordless solution for routine floor cleaning, small living spaces, stairs and quick daily cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1736\" data-end=\"1987\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1736\" data-end=\"1753\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1754\" data-end=\"1761\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical 2-in-1 design\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cordless convenience\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable runtime for everyday cleaning\u003cbr\u003e▸ EasyClean brush for simple maintenance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1893\" data-end=\"1901\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Smaller capacity than a traditional canister vacuum\u003cbr\u003e▸ Relatively long charging time\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1989\" data-end=\"2249\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1989\" data-end=\"2021\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFully charge the battery before extended use and avoid storing the appliance for long periods with a completely discharged battery. Empty the dust container regularly and clean the brush to maintain optimum suction performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2251\" data-end=\"2529\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2251\" data-end=\"2278\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe BOSCH Serie 2 BBHF2PARQ Cordless Stick Vacuum Cleaner, 16 V is a practical solution for everyday cleaning. Its 2-in-1 design, lightweight construction and self-standing storage position make it well suited to quick and regular household cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2531\" data-end=\"2653\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2531\" data-end=\"2538\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2539\" data-end=\"2577\"\u003eDoes this vacuum cleaner use bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it features a bagless dust container that can be emptied when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2655\" data-end=\"2796\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2655\" data-end=\"2695\"\u003eCan it be used as a handheld vacuum?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the integrated handheld unit can be detached for cleaning smaller surfaces and difficult areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2798\" data-end=\"2923\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2798\" data-end=\"2830\"\u003eWhat is the maximum runtime?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe battery can provide up to 40 minutes of runtime depending on the selected power setting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BOSCH®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52821892104534,"sku":"100358437","price":69.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcp983ef99515c549d3aba34f1e8368c49f_1.jpg?v=1773449526"},{"product_id":"parkside®-coupe-branches-sans-fil-paas-20-li-b1-20-v","title":"PARKSIDE® Cordless Pruning Shears PAAS 20-Li B1, 20 V","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"55\" data-end=\"475\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"55\" data-end=\"77\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Pruning Shears PAAS 20-Li B1, 20 V are a compact battery-powered cutting tool designed for pruning branches and routine garden maintenance on shrubs, bushes and small woody plants. As part of the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team platform, they work as a one-handed powered pruner for quicker and less demanding cutting on moderate branch diameters. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"477\" data-end=\"858\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"477\" data-end=\"493\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cordless pruning shears for light to regular cutting work\u003cbr\u003e▸ 20 V battery operation for cable-free use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team system\u003cbr\u003e▸ One-handed design for easier handling\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable for branches, shoots and green wood\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cutting capacity for both softwood and hardwood\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact format with storage case\u003cbr\u003e▸ Supplied without battery and charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"860\" data-end=\"1353\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"860\" data-end=\"895\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe motorised mechanism drives the cutting blade so the tool closes on the branch with reduced user effort. The PARKSIDE® Cordless Pruning Shears PAAS 20-Li B1, 20 V are mainly intended for light pruning, shrub maintenance and cutting smaller branches in domestic garden work. They are suitable where speed, precision and mobility matter, but they are not intended for very thick branches or intensive professional use. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1355\" data-end=\"1949\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1355\" data-end=\"1388\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Brand: PARKSIDE®\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PAAS 20-Li B1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Product type: cordless pruning shears\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated voltage: 20 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery technology: lithium-ion\u003cbr\u003e▸ Platform: PARKSIDE X 20 V Team\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum motor speed: approx. 21,000 rpm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cutting capacity in softwood: up to 28 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cutting capacity in hardwood: up to 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Weight ready for use with 2 Ah battery: approx. 1.4 kg\u003cbr\u003e▸ Sound pressure level: approx. 78.8 dB\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging temperature: approx. 4 to 40 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Operating temperature: approx. -20 to 50 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger: not included \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1951\" data-end=\"2255\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1951\" data-end=\"1991\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE X 20 V Team batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with chargers from the same 20 V platform\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage case included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Blade guard included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Hex key with Phillips screwdriver included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Open-ended spanner included \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2257\" data-end=\"2692\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2257\" data-end=\"2286\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Pruning Shears PAAS 20-Li B1, 20 V are recommended for home users who regularly maintain shrubs, bushes or small trees and want a faster, less tiring alternative to manual pruning shears. They are particularly suitable for users already using the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team system and for those who prefer a compact tool for precise maintenance cuts. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2694\" data-end=\"3065\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2694\" data-end=\"2711\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePro\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cordless use gives better freedom of movement in the garden\u003cbr\u003e▸ Assisted cutting reduces effort compared with manual pruners\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team battery ecosystem\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage case and basic maintenance accessories are included\u003cbr\u003eCons\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger are not supplied\u003cbr\u003e▸ Limited capacity for thicker branches or intensive work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3067\" data-end=\"3451\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3067\" data-end=\"3099\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PARKSIDE® Cordless Pruning Shears PAAS 20-Li B1, 20 V, it is advisable to use a compatible X 20 V Team battery with sufficient charge for the planned workload. It is also useful to monitor blade condition, clean the cutting head after use and replace wear parts when cutting performance begins to decline. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3453\" data-end=\"3879\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3453\" data-end=\"3480\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Pruning Shears PAAS 20-Li B1, 20 V are a practical option for routine pruning and quick cutting jobs on light to medium branches. Their main strengths are ease of use, compatibility with the 20 V platform and reduced cutting effort. Their limits become clearer on harder wood with larger diameters and in more demanding or prolonged use. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3881\" data-end=\"4157\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3881\" data-end=\"3888\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhat is the cutting capacity of the PARKSIDE® Cordless Pruning Shears PAAS 20-Li B1, 20 V?\u003cbr\u003eThey can cut up to about 28 mm in softwood and up to about 15 mm in hardwood. Actual performance depends on the wood species and condition. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4159\" data-end=\"4404\"\u003eAre the PARKSIDE® Cordless Pruning Shears PAAS 20-Li B1, 20 V supplied with a battery?\u003cbr\u003eNo, this version is supplied without a battery and charger. It works with batteries from the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team range. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4406\" data-end=\"4654\"\u003eCan they replace standard manual pruning shears?\u003cbr\u003eThey can replace manual pruners for many light to regular maintenance tasks. For very thick branches or heavier work, a larger cutting tool may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52875756077398,"sku":null,"price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/2-gcp6798b9c937df4a348da2cc158dc3aeaf.jpg?v=1773898532"},{"product_id":"parkside-lampe-torche-led-sans-fil-phla-20-li-a1","title":"PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Torch PHLA 20-Li A1","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"44\" data-end=\"318\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"44\" data-end=\"66\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Torch PHLA 20-Li A1 is a portable LED work light designed for mobile and temporary illumination in indoor environments. It can operate using a compatible X 20 V Team battery or via the included 12 V vehicle connection cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"320\" data-end=\"575\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"320\" data-end=\"336\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Powerful LED illumination for workshop, garage and maintenance tasks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Two brightness levels\u003cbr\u003e▸ Flashing mode\u003cbr\u003e▸ Ergonomic non-slip handle\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated ¼\" tripod mounting thread\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with the PARKSIDE® X 20 V Team battery platform\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"577\" data-end=\"864\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"577\" data-end=\"612\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Torch PHLA 20-Li A1 provides cool white LED lighting suitable for work areas, repairs and temporary lighting applications. Power can be supplied either by a compatible 20 V battery or through the supplied 12 V vehicle cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"866\" data-end=\"1242\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"866\" data-end=\"899\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PHLA 20-Li A1\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery voltage: 20 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Vehicle cable voltage: 12 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated power: ≤ 27 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ LEDs: 7 × 3 W\u003cbr\u003e▸ Luminous flux: 1000 lm \/ 2500 lm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Colour temperature: 6500 K\u003cbr\u003e▸ Light colour: Cool white\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection rating: IP20\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection class: III\u003cbr\u003e▸ Dimensions: 140 × 105 × 242 mm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Weight without battery: 595 g\u003cbr\u003e▸ Mounting thread: ¼\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1244\" data-end=\"1434\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1244\" data-end=\"1284\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ LED torch\u003cbr\u003e▸ 12 V vehicle connection cable\u003cbr\u003e▸ Instruction manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE® X 20 V Team batteries\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger not included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1436\" data-end=\"1650\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1436\" data-end=\"1465\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is recommended for users who need a portable lighting solution for workshops, garages, maintenance work, inspections and other indoor tasks requiring temporary illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1652\" data-end=\"1940\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1652\" data-end=\"1669\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1670\" data-end=\"1678\"\u003ePros\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ High light output up to 2500 lm\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with the PARKSIDE® X 20 V Team system\u003cbr\u003e▸ Can be powered via a 12 V vehicle connection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated ¼\" tripod mounting thread\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1850\" data-end=\"1858\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger sold separately\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suitable only for dry indoor environments\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1942\" data-end=\"2143\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1942\" data-end=\"1974\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse only compatible PARKSIDE® X 20 V Team batteries. Supported battery models include PAP 20 B1, PAP 20 B3, Smart PAPS 204 A1, Smart PAPS 208 A1 and Smart PAPS 2012 A1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2145\" data-end=\"2465\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2145\" data-end=\"2172\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless LED Torch PHLA 20-Li A1 is a versatile portable work light offering strong illumination and flexible power options. Its compatibility with the X 20 V Team platform and additional 12 V operation make it suitable for a wide range of workshop and maintenance applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2467\" data-end=\"2566\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2467\" data-end=\"2474\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2475\" data-end=\"2503\"\u003eIs the battery included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the battery and charger are not included with the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2568\" data-end=\"2718\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2568\" data-end=\"2626\"\u003eIs it compatible with PARKSIDE® X 20 V Team batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed to work with compatible batteries from the PARKSIDE® X 20 V Team range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2720\" data-end=\"2840\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2720\" data-end=\"2766\"\u003eCan it be used as permanent room lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is intended for temporary and portable work lighting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52877704757590,"sku":"100399191","price":9.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcp38aff5c0a76f4e3caaaf0abcc32bb737.webp?v=1773920325"},{"product_id":"parkside-nettoyeur-pression-sans-fil-pdra-20-li-d4-25-bar-20-v","title":"PARKSIDE® Cordless Pressure Washer PDRA 20-Li D4, 25 bar, 20 V","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"64\" data-end=\"346\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"64\" data-end=\"86\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Pressure Washer PDRA 20-Li D4, 25 bar, 20 V is a battery-powered cleaning and watering device designed for outdoor domestic use. It is part of the X 20 V TEAM platform and can draw clean water from an external container or water source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"348\" data-end=\"600\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"348\" data-end=\"364\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cordless 20 V operation\u003cbr\u003e▸ Working pressure of 25 bar\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum flow rate of 2.5 l\/min\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum suction height of 3 m\u003cbr\u003e▸ Spray lance with 6 spray settings\u003cbr\u003e▸ 6 m suction hose with filter\u003cbr\u003e▸ Detergent tank included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage net included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"602\" data-end=\"949\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"602\" data-end=\"637\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Pressure Washer PDRA 20-Li D4, 25 bar, 20 V delivers a pressurised water jet for cleaning outdoor surfaces, garden equipment, patio furniture and vehicles according to the manufacturer's recommendations. It can be connected to a water supply or draw clean water from a suitable container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"951\" data-end=\"1393\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"951\" data-end=\"984\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Model: PDRA 20-Li D4\u003cbr\u003e▸ Rated voltage: 20 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Working pressure: 2.5 MPa \/ 25 bar\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum inlet pressure: 0.5 MPa\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum inlet water temperature: 30 °C\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum flow rate: 2.5 l\/min\u003cbr\u003e▸ Maximum suction height: 3 m\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suction hose length: 6 m\u003cbr\u003e▸ Weight without battery, accessories and detergent: approx. 1.3 kg\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection rating: IPX0\u003cbr\u003e▸ Sound pressure level: 74.2 dB\u003cbr\u003e▸ Guaranteed sound power level: 89 dB\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1395\" data-end=\"1715\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1395\" data-end=\"1435\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Cordless pressure washer\u003cbr\u003e▸ Spray lance\u003cbr\u003e▸ Suction hose with filter and quick connector\u003cbr\u003e▸ Detergent container with detergent nozzle\u003cbr\u003e▸ URM 500 detergent, 500 ml\u003cbr\u003e▸ Storage net\u003cbr\u003e▸ Instruction manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger not included\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with PARKSIDE® X 20 V TEAM batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1717\" data-end=\"1984\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1717\" data-end=\"1746\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is recommended for users looking for a portable cleaning solution for light outdoor cleaning tasks, garden maintenance and occasional washing applications around the home. It is not intended for continuous heavy-duty professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1986\" data-end=\"2290\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1986\" data-end=\"2003\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2004\" data-end=\"2011\"\u003ePro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Fully cordless operation for greater mobility\u003cbr\u003e▸ Can draw water from an external container\u003cbr\u003e▸ Six spray settings for versatile use\u003cbr\u003e▸ Essential cleaning accessories included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2185\" data-end=\"2193\"\u003eCons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger sold separately\u003cbr\u003e▸ Pressure level is intended for light-duty cleaning tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2292\" data-end=\"2519\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2292\" data-end=\"2324\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse only compatible PARKSIDE® X 20 V TEAM batteries and chargers from the same platform. For the detergent tank, use suitable neutral cleaning products intended for pressure washer applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2521\" data-end=\"2815\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2521\" data-end=\"2548\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® Cordless Pressure Washer PDRA 20-Li D4, 25 bar, 20 V is a practical solution for light outdoor cleaning and watering tasks. Its portability, X 20 V TEAM compatibility and water-drawing capability make it suitable for a variety of domestic applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2817\" data-end=\"2899\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2817\" data-end=\"2824\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2825\" data-end=\"2853\"\u003eIs the battery included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the battery and charger are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2901\" data-end=\"3033\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2901\" data-end=\"2940\"\u003eCan it draw water from a container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can draw clean water from a suitable container with a maximum suction height of 3 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3035\" data-end=\"3177\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3035\" data-end=\"3077\"\u003eHow many spray settings does it offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spray lance provides 6 different spray settings for various cleaning and watering applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52877757514070,"sku":"100399910","price":9.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcp426c785e9216428f9246f16a84435cd9.webp?v=1773920875"},{"product_id":"kit-batterie-et-chargeur-parkside-2-ah-20-v","title":"PARKSIDE® 2 Ah 20 V Battery and Charger Kit","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"45\" data-end=\"380\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"45\" data-end=\"67\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 2 Ah 20 V Battery and Charger Kit includes a compact lithium-ion battery and a charger compatible with the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team platform. Designed to power and recharge cordless tools in this range, the set combines a 2.0 Ah battery with a 20 V charger intended for routine DIY and maintenance use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"382\" data-end=\"787\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"382\" data-end=\"398\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 20 V max. lithium-ion battery for compatible cordless tools\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2.0 Ah capacity suited to short to medium tasks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charger included for recharging the battery in the kit\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with devices in the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team series\u003cbr\u003e▸ LED charge level indicator on the battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact format for easier handling and storage\u003cbr\u003e▸ Ready-to-use set for joining the PARKSIDE® cordless tool system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"789\" data-end=\"1293\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"789\" data-end=\"824\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 2 Ah 20 V Battery and Charger Kit is used to power compatible cordless tools and recharge the battery between uses. The battery attaches directly to the tool to supply the energy required for operation, while the charger replenishes the battery when it is removed from the device. This type of set is useful as a starter solution for entering the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team range or as an additional setup for keeping a dedicated battery and charger available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1295\" data-end=\"1682\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1295\" data-end=\"1328\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery type: lithium-ion\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery nominal voltage: 20 V max.\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery capacity: 2.0 Ah\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery energy: 40 Wh\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible platform: PARKSIDE X 20 V Team\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charger included: yes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charger current: 2.4 A\u003cbr\u003e▸ Indicative charging time: around 60 minutes for 2.0 Ah\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charge status indicator: yes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Use: powering and recharging compatible cordless tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1684\" data-end=\"1925\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1684\" data-end=\"1724\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 x 2 Ah 20 V battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 x 20 V charger\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 instruction manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with devices in the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team series\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility limited to batteries and tools designed for this platform\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1927\" data-end=\"2266\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1927\" data-end=\"1956\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis set is suitable for users who want to start using a PARKSIDE X 20 V Team tool without already owning a battery and charger. It can also suit DIY users who are already equipped and want an additional kit to improve battery rotation, reduce interruptions or keep a dedicated charging point in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2268\" data-end=\"2583\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2268\" data-end=\"2285\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePro\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery and charger combined in one set\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team ecosystem\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compact battery suited to routine tasks\u003cbr\u003e▸ Practical LED indicator for checking charge level\u003cbr\u003eCons\u003cbr\u003e▸ 2.0 Ah capacity is less suitable for longer jobs\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatibility limited to one specific platform\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2585\" data-end=\"2925\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2585\" data-end=\"2617\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is advisable to recharge the battery only with the supplied compatible charger or with a charger designed for the same platform. To help preserve battery lifespan, it is better to avoid extreme temperatures, store the battery in a moderate environment and keep a second battery available for longer jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2927\" data-end=\"3322\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2927\" data-end=\"2954\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PARKSIDE® 2 Ah 20 V Battery and Charger Kit is a simple and coherent solution for equipping or expanding a PARKSIDE X 20 V Team tool setup. Its main advantage is the inclusion of both the battery and the charger, making initial use more straightforward. However, the 2.0 Ah capacity is better suited to regular domestic applications than to long, intensive tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3324\" data-end=\"3511\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3324\" data-end=\"3331\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDoes this kit include both the battery and the charger?\u003cbr\u003eYes, the set includes a 2 Ah 20 V battery and a compatible charger, ready to be used with tools from the relevant platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3513\" data-end=\"3698\"\u003eIs the kit compatible with all PARKSIDE® tools?\u003cbr\u003eIt is intended for tools in the PARKSIDE X 20 V Team series. Compatibility therefore depends on whether the device belongs to that range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3700\" data-end=\"3869\"\u003eHow long does it take to recharge the battery?\u003cbr\u003eThe indicative charging time for a 2.0 Ah battery is around 60 minutes, depending on normal usage and charging conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52899186671958,"sku":null,"price":13.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/gcp4c36221d068348c5a4b019138faee49a.jpg?v=1774085920"},{"product_id":"repousseur-d-animaux-solaire-360-parkside®-ptus360-1-b2","title":"360° Solar Animal Repeller PARKSIDE® PTUS360 1 B2","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"51\" data-end=\"411\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"51\" data-end=\"73\"\u003eTechnical overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 360° Solar Animal Repeller PARKSIDE® PTUS360 1 B2 is an outdoor deterrent device designed to discourage certain animals through ultrasonic waves, flashing light and 360° motion detection. It uses an integrated rechargeable battery powered by a built-in solar panel, with an additional USB charging option for more flexible operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"413\" data-end=\"734\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"413\" data-end=\"429\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 360° motion detection\u003cbr\u003e▸ Detection range of around 8 m\u003cbr\u003e▸ Ultrasonic and flashing light deterrent modes\u003cbr\u003e▸ Multiple programmes depending on the type of nuisance\u003cbr\u003e▸ Integrated solar panel for charging\u003cbr\u003e▸ Built-in rechargeable battery\u003cbr\u003e▸ IP44 protection against splashing water\u003cbr\u003e▸ Ground installation with stake\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"736\" data-end=\"1196\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"736\" data-end=\"771\"\u003eHow it works and what it is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 360° Solar Animal Repeller PARKSIDE® PTUS360 1 B2 is placed into the ground and monitors a defined area through its motion sensor. When movement is detected, the unit activates the selected programme for around 30 seconds, using ultrasound, flashing light or a combination of both. It is suitable for helping protect a garden, entrance area or outdoor zone from various animals depending on the selected frequency range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1198\" data-end=\"1530\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1198\" data-end=\"1231\"\u003eMain technical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ Power supply: integrated Li-Ion battery 3.7 V\u003cbr\u003e▸ Battery capacity: 1300 mAh\u003cbr\u003e▸ Energy: 4.81 Wh\u003cbr\u003e▸ Charging input: 5 V \/ 1 A\u003cbr\u003e▸ Sensor range: approx. 8 m\u003cbr\u003e▸ Detection angle: approx. 360°\u003cbr\u003e▸ Sound frequency: approx. 13.5 to 45.5 kHz\u003cbr\u003e▸ Protection rating: IP44\u003cbr\u003e▸ Intended use: outdoor, non-professional use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1532\" data-end=\"1720\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1532\" data-end=\"1572\"\u003eIncluded accessories \/ compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 solar animal repeller to assemble\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 USB cable\u003cbr\u003e▸ 1 instruction manual\u003cbr\u003e▸ Compatible with integrated solar charging or USB charging at 5 V \/ 1 A\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1722\" data-end=\"2026\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1722\" data-end=\"1751\"\u003eWho it is recommended for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis model is recommended for users looking for an autonomous outdoor solution to help reduce the presence of animals near a garden, vegetable patch, lawn or house access point. It is better suited to domestic use in defined areas than to covering very large outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2028\" data-end=\"2300\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2028\" data-end=\"2045\"\u003ePros and cons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePro\u003cbr\u003e▸ 360° detection helps cover a wide area\u003cbr\u003e▸ Solar charging with USB backup\u003cbr\u003e▸ Multiple frequency programmes available\u003cbr\u003e▸ Simple ground-mounted installation\u003cbr\u003eCons\u003cbr\u003e▸ Some frequencies may still be audible to people\u003cbr\u003e▸ Effective range is limited to around 8 m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2302\" data-end=\"2650\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2302\" data-end=\"2334\"\u003eBattery \/ consumables advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe integrated battery is not replaceable. For effective solar charging, the panel should remain exposed to direct sunlight, with a full charge potentially requiring at least 8 hours of exposure. In periods of limited sunlight, USB charging is the more suitable option, with a charging time of around 5 to 10 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2652\" data-end=\"3107\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2652\" data-end=\"2679\"\u003eObjective final opinion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 360° Solar Animal Repeller PARKSIDE® PTUS360 1 B2 offers a straightforward technical solution for outdoor animal deterrence, with autonomous power supply and several operating modes. Its main strengths are the 360° detection, solar charging and range of programmes, while its practical limits relate to the actual detection range, installation conditions and the possibility that some frequency settings may remain audible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3109\" data-end=\"3392\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"3109\" data-end=\"3116\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhat animals can the PARKSIDE® PTUS360 1 B2 help deter?\u003cbr\u003eDepending on the selected programme, the device is intended to discourage certain birds, dogs, cats, rodents, martens, foxes and game animals. Results may vary according to the setting used and the area being monitored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3394\" data-end=\"3601\"\u003eDoes the PARKSIDE® solar repeller work without permanent mains power?\u003cbr\u003eYes. It uses an integrated battery recharged by the solar panel. USB charging is also available when sunlight exposure is not sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3603\" data-end=\"3798\"\u003eWhat is the motion detection range?\u003cbr\u003eThe stated maximum range is around 8 metres, with a detection angle of approximately 360°. Actual coverage depends on positioning and the absence of obstacles.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parkside®","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52899390718294,"sku":null,"price":7.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0730\/0012\/4731\/files\/2-gcp2a3ede0b5ecb40e1b370aabf2de2f353.jpg?v=1774089258"}],"url":"https:\/\/lidl.best\/en\/collections\/consommables.oembed?page=2","provider":"Lidl.Best","version":"1.0","type":"link"}